Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Packaged Foods / Herbalife Nutrition Ltd.

Herbalife Nutrition Ltd.

hlf · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker hlf
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 8600
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Herbalife Nutrition Ltd.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2018

D  HIGH LINER FOODS

 2018 Financial Highlights (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in USD 000s, except per share amounts, 
unless otherwise noted)

Revenues

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Net income

Basic earnings per common share

Diluted earnings per common share

Adjusted net income(1)

Basic earnings per common share

Diluted earnings per common share

Total assets

Gross capital expenditures

Shareholders’ equity

Book value per share

Dividends paid per share (CAD)

Operating Highlights

Sales volumes (000s of pounds)

Number of employees

2018

1,048,531 

62,474

16,776

 0.50

0.50

17,049

0.51

0.51

837,155 

14,607

263,859 

7.90

0.580

283,969 

1,259

2017

1,053,846 

66,112

31,653

 0.98

0.97

30,142

0.93

 0.93

907,969 

27,775

268,867

8.05

0.565 

 291,826

1,362

% Change

(0.5)%

(5.5)%

(47.0)%

(49.0)%

(48.5)%

(43.4)%

(45.2)%

(45.2)%

(7.8)%

(47.4)%

(1.9)%

(1.9)%

2.7 %

 (2.7)%

(7.6)%

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section starting on page 34 of this annual report for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and 

Adjusted Net Income.

Sales
Sales (in millions of USD)

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Sales
Product Sales Volume (in millions of pounds)

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

$500

$700

$900

$1,100

$100

$205

$310

Sales vs Adjusted
Sales vs. Adjusted EBITDA(1) (in millions of USD)
$1000

$500

$750

$625

$875

Adjusted Diluted
Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share(1) (in USD)

$1,125

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

$0

$20

$40

$60

$80

$100

$0

$0.75

$1.50

Sales

Adjusted EBITDA

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section starting on page 34 of this annual report for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and 

Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share.

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

Annual Report 2018 

1

By inspiring North Americans to enjoy seafood like 
never before — making it easier for them to buy 
and prepare one of the healthiest, most sustainable 
sources of protein available — we are building a 
simple yet powerful platform for growth. 

Who We Are

High Liner Foods is a leading 
North American processor and 
marketer of value-added frozen 
seafood. Our retail branded 
products are sold throughout the 
United States, Canada and Mexico 
under the High Liner, Fisher Boy, 
Sea Cuisine and C. Wirthy & Co. 
labels, and are available in most 
grocery and club stores. We also 
sell branded products under the 
High Liner, Icelandic Seafood and 
FPI labels to restaurants and 
institutions, and are a major supplier 
of private-label, value-added frozen 
seafood products to North American 
food retailers and foodservice 
distributors. High Liner Foods is a 
publicly traded Canadian company, 
trading under the symbol HLF on the 
Toronto Stock Exchange.

Inside This Report

02

AT A GLANCE

08

RUBICON 
REALIGNMENT 
AND SHRIMP 
GROWTH

04

ONE HIGH LINER 
FOODS: IN 
CONVERSATION  
WITH THE CEO

09

PROFITABLE 
ORGANIC 
GROWTH

06

BUSINESS 
SIMPLIFICATION

07

SUPPLY CHAIN 
EXCELLENCE

12  MANAGEMENT’S 
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

53 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
AND NOTES

IBC CORPORATE INFORMATION

10

THE MANY VOICES 
OF ONE HIGH 
LINER FOODS

2  HIGH LINER FOODS

At a Glance

High Liner Foods is a leading North American processor 
and marketer of value-added frozen seafood to the 
foodservice and retail trade. Our unified platform and 
well-known core brands give us the unique ability to 
serve our customers with a variety of value-added 
seafood that meets their diverse needs.

To help us deliver what our customers want, 
when they want it, we source seafood from 
around the world. No matter where we source, 
our requirements are the same: suppliers must 
strive to catch or farm seafood responsibly, 
protect against overfishing and limit impacts on 
the natural environment. They’re also expected 
to treat their employees well and uphold high 
worker safety and social standards. 

Top sourcing  
countries

Manufacturing

Offices

Distribution

Annual Report 2018 

3

OUR TOP SPECIES  
We have the scale 
and global reach to 
deliver the products 
our customers and 
consumers want. 
Our top species by 
percentage of 2018 
sales (in USD):

27.7% Shrimp 

27.3% Cod  
(Atlantic and Pacific)

14.1% Salmon  
(Wild and Farmed)

10.6% Haddock

6.9% Pollock

4.6% Tilapia

3.3% Sole

KEY RETAIL BRANDS

KEY FOODSERVICE BRANDS

®

4  HIGH LINER FOODS

One High Liner Foods: 
IN CONVERSATION WITH THE CEO

President and CEO 
Rod Hepponstall joined 
High Liner Foods on May 1.  
“I am extremely pleased to  
be joining High Liner Foods,”  
he said at the time. 

01

WHAT DID YOU SEE IN HIGH LINER FOODS 
BACK IN MAY, AND WHAT DO YOU SEE NOW? 
Before I came to High Liner Foods, I saw an 
organization with tremendous brand recognition 
and a history that has stood the test of time. At 
the same time, I saw shifting consumer trends 
more broadly. Seafood is an “under-consumed” 
protein compared to beef, poultry and pork. So I 
saw an exciting opportunity to tap into consumer 
demands for healthier sources of protein.

What I quickly realized when I arrived was the 
quality of our people here. All across the globe —  
whether in Canada, the United States, Asia or 
Iceland — we have a company full of ambitious, 
hard-working people who really care about what 
we do and why we do it. It’s one thing to instill 
passion in people. It’s a whole other ballgame 
when the passion and potential for success are 
already there.

02

HOW DO YOU TAP INTO THAT PASSION AND 
TRANSFORM IT INTO RESULTS? 
First, you have to make sure everyone is on the 
same page — that we’re not duplicating efforts, 
working inefficiently or operating in silos. You 
have to bring everyone together and say, “Look, 
no matter your role or your location, we’re one 
organization.” When people aren’t stranded in 
their specific roles — but feel part of something 
bigger — you begin to unlock all sorts of 
potential.

I arrived with my sleeves already rolled up! Right 
away, I made a point of visiting each and every 
one of our facilities, and with my team we took 
an in-depth look at our collective strengths and 
capabilities. Those run the gamut. At one end, 
you might have a highly engaged employee, at 
one of our plants, with an original idea. At the 
other end, you have an organizational DNA 
based on 120 years of deep seafood expertise, 
along with the legacy of resilience, innovation 
and reinvention that comes with that.

“ I look forward to working with my new team 
to improve the business, to create innovative 
products that help drive seafood consumption 
and to deliver on a strategy that will create 
long-term value for our shareholders.”

ROD HEPPONSTALL, President and CEO

 Annual Report 2018 

5

That said, we’re driving process improvements, 
realizing efficiencies and working as one 
company. We’re a leaner, smarter, flatter 
business that can be faster to market, more 
competitive and overall better equipped to tap 
into the market opportunity we see ahead. I truly 
believe that we can take advantage of the “halo 
effect” seafood has in the minds of more and 
more consumers, who increasingly associate it 
with healthy eating.

05

WHAT DOES 2019 HAVE IN STORE FOR 
HIGH LINER FOODS? 
Heading into the year, we have a talented, 
calibrated leadership team in place, and 
enthusiasm throughout the organization. As an 
integrated company, we will continue realizing 
the benefits of Organizational Realignment, and 
we will advance our other critical initiatives — 
Business Simplification, Supply Chain Excellence, 
and Rubicon Alignment and Shrimp Growth. 
Taken together, this provides the foundation for 
our final — and ongoing — initiative, Profitable 
Organic Growth.

03

AND THAT’S WHAT YOU MEAN WHEN YOU 
TALK ABOUT “ONE HIGH LINER FOODS”? 
Exactly. “One High Liner Foods” gives expression 
to the first of five critical initiatives we’ve 
identified as essential for our next two years to 
unlock our potential value and return to organic 
growth. Through Organizational Realignment, 
our first critical initiative, we are creating an 
integrated, cohesive and collaborative culture 
to ensure we’re operating efficiently, sharing 
information and establishing company-wide best 
practice across the globe.

In a lot of ways, I came to two companies — 
one operating in the United States and one 
in Canada — that happened to share a name. 
Through Organizational Realignment, we are 
now operating as one unified company. Today, 
internal connections are global in nature, not 
just local. Employees are working with their 
colleagues around the world more cohesively 
than ever before. They’re making decisions 
together, sharing lessons learned and testing 
out new ideas for how we operate, innovate and 
reach consumers.

04

WHERE DOES ONE HIGH LINER FOODS  
GO FROM HERE?  
While we had to make some difficult decisions, 
we’ve made important progress in realigning 
the organization. Fully realizing the strengths 
of High Liner Foods will never be “done” in my 
book, though. Empowering people to do the best 
they can do — that never stops. Encouraging 
colleagues to question the status quo — that 
never stops either. As soon as you stop paying 
attention to learning moments, you’re missing 
opportunities to improve.

High Liner Foods is developing the next wave 
of innovative seafood products to help North 
Americans live healthier lives. 

 6  HIGH LINER FOODS

Business Simplification

Among seafood’s many benefits for 
consumers is its variety, which can 
appeal to a wide range of tastes and 
meal occasions.

For years, High Liner Foods has procured dozens of species from countries 
all over the world. The right mix of product diversity going forward, though, 
depends on the evolving consumer trends of tomorrow. As part of our 
Business Simplification initiative, we are reviewing our entire brand and 
product portfolio through the lens of the latest in market trends, customer 
expectations and financial analytics.

Today, a handful of seafood species account for the vast majority of 
consumer demand. Through Business Simplification, we are identifying 
those species and SKUs that have the most potential among foodservice and 
retail customers, and shifting our focus away from those that appeal to an 
increasingly small market segment. 

High Liner Foods will continue to offer a comprehensive selection of 
frozen seafood products, but we are removing unnecessary complexity — 
simplifying raw materials, ingredients and packaging — in order to focus  
on margins, growth potential and the overall customer experience. “More 
than anything, this is all about focus,” explains Paul Jewer, EVP and CFO. 
“We’re focused on the things that can drive value for High Liner Foods.”

“Paul’s the right person to lead our Business Simplification initiative,” 
Rod Hepponstall points out. “He has a long history with the food industry 
and consumer packaged goods, and he’s unique in his ability to pair 
financial expertise and pragmatic thinking with a deep understanding of 
R&D and marketing insights.”

“ We’re focused on 
the things that can 
drive value for  
High Liner Foods.”

PAUL JEWER, EVP and CFO

High Liner Foods is innovating products that 
are on trend, shareable and appropriate for 
multiple types of meal occasion.

Annual Report 2018 

7

Supply Chain Excellence

As part of our One High Liner Foods culture, we are 
implementing an integrated supply chain — creating a 
cross-border operating system, increasing manufacturing 
efficiencies and optimizing overall supply chain structure.

“We’ve identified a number of opportunities  
to reduce costs,” explains Paul Snow, a  
40-year seafood industry veteran who joined 
High Liner Foods in 1978 and is spearheading  
the supply chain initiative. “These opportunities 
will help us reduce costs by several million  
dollars in 2019, and efficient operations will 
position us to take full advantage of future  
market opportunities.”

Our supply chain connects all parts of 
High Liner Foods — and many of those 
connections can be optimized. In 2018, for 
example, we aligned our Canadian and American 
warehousing and transportation strategies, so 
they are now operating as one. By “flexing the 
muscle” of our North American network, we have 
increased our operational standards and fill rates. 
We have increased service levels and lowered 
inventories — all while delivering industry-leading 
quality to customers and consumers.

“In addition to having a keen understanding of 
our global business and the seafood industry, 
generally,” says Rod Hepponstall, “Paul has 
a knack for motivating people and finding 
efficiencies. I’m confident this critical initiative is 
in safe hands.”

One way that Paul and his team are finding those 
efficiencies is by aligning operational standards 
and capabilities so that individual products can 
be made in multiple facilities, and don’t have 
to be shipped farther than necessary. “We’re 
also implementing a continuous improvement 
methodology in 2019,” Paul notes, while laying 
the foundation for a transformative sales and 
operational planning (S&OP) platform, to be 
introduced in 2020.

By “flexing the muscle” of a unified  
North American network, High Liner Foods is 
increasing its operational standards and fill rates.

8  HIGH LINER FOODS

Rubicon Alignment and Shrimp Growth

By leveraging the scale and resources of High Liner Foods, 
Rubicon Resources can further capitalize on the growing 
consumer appetite for shrimp.

In May 2017, High Liner Foods acquired Rubicon Resources, 
a leading U.S. shrimp importer. Representing our broader 
platform to grow our shrimp and aquaculture business, 
Rubicon has an entrepreneurial spirit that has guided it for 
the past 20 years.
As part of our Rubicon Alignment and Shrimp 
Growth initiative, we are nurturing Rubicon’s 
entrepreneurial streak, while leveraging the 
scale and resources of High Liner Foods where 
appropriate. This includes organization-wide 
insight, analytics and marketing efforts to  
help Rubicon maximize its consumer and 
customer relevance.

By complementing Rubicon’s culture 
with the scale, strengths and insights of 
One High Liner Foods, we are extracting value 
and identifying synergies not yet fully realized 
by our 2017 acquisition. We are also ensuring 
we are best positioned to capitalize on the 
consumer demand for shrimp, which remains 
one of the fastest growing seafood categories.

Through this critical initiative, we are aligning 
Rubicon with our North American sales and 
marketing network, along with other back office 
resources that make sense for shrimp. “We are 
focused on bringing Rubicon products to market 
in a more meaningful, succinct way than ever 
before,” says Rod Hepponstall.

“ We are focused on bringing 
Rubicon products to market  
in a more meaningful, succinct  
way than ever before.”

ROD HEPPONSTALL, President and CEO

Annual Report 2018 

9

SUSTAINABILITY AT  
HIGH LINER FOODS

As a company, we are working toward 
organic growth by nurturing North 
America’s appetite for quality, great 
tasting seafood. At the same time, we 
are doing our part to ensure our industry 
is good for those who work in it — and 
good for the planet — so that we can 
feed that appetite for years to come.

Since 2010, we have been publicly 
committed to sourcing from 
responsible fisheries and aquaculture 
farms. And as a global seafood leader, 
we take responsibility for using our 
scale to influence positive change, 
and to procure, produce, package 
and distribute our products in the 
most environmentally and socially 
responsible ways possible.

To learn more, visit  
highlinerfoods.com/sustainability

Profitable Organic Growth

At High Liner Foods, five critical 
initiatives are positioning us to fully 
leverage our products, our capabilities 
and our talents — in ways that take full 
advantage of our scale and reach.

“We have a real opportunity to encourage seafood consumption among 
consumers,” explains Craig Murray, SVP Marketing and Innovation. 
“This past year, we have completed an in-depth market assessment and 
established new planning processes for the entire organization. We’re 
poised to bring a number of innovations to market — a cohesive North 
American market — in 2019. This is new and exciting for us.”

Chris Mulder, SVP North American Sales, agrees. “We are in a position 
to capitalize on our historical strengths,” he says, “while adopting a 
continuous improvement mindset that will help us focus on the needs of 
our customers and consumer trends.”

Together Craig and Chris are spearheading our Profitable Organic Growth 
initiative, which aims to strengthen customer engagement models, 
understand (and shape) consumer tastes and increase demand for our 
seafood products. Through insight, research, partnerships and a unified 
North American platform, we are launching innovative products like 
Haddock Bites — products that are on trend, shareable and appropriate 
for multiple eating occasions, including snacking. It’s about recognizing 
opportunities and ensuring High Liner Foods is there quickly.

“Through a comprehensive assessment of the North American seafood 
market,” Chris explains, “we are able to identify, align, resource and market 
opportunities dynamically.”

Improved innovation processes — whether through sales or marketing — 
will help drive incremental organic growth, particularly among snacking and 
other growing segments. “I’m confident that we’re building momentum,” 
says Craig, “as we make our way back to profitable growth.” 

High Liner Foods can capitalize on the “halo effect” 
seafood has in the minds of consumers, who 
increasingly associate it with healthy eating.

10  HIGH LINER FOODS

The Many Voices of One High Liner Foods

High Liner Foods is a company of more than  
1,000 customer-focused, innovative and  
responsible people — coming together from  
five countries around the world. 

01

“ Every day, in my 
hometown, I get to 
work with diverse 
teams of people from 
all corners of the world. 
We’re passionate, 
and together we’re 
collaborating on 
new ways to deliver 
sustainable, quality 
products that get 
people excited about 
eating seafood.”

JENNIFER CREASER 
Seafood Procurement 
Manager, Lunenburg,  
Nova Scotia

06

“ We’re an increasingly 
active, productive 
company — with a 
strong and faithful 
brand.”

SHARON QI 
Manager China Operations, 
Qingdao, China

02

“ I am proud to work 
for a company that’s 
known as a fair player 
in the industry — 
and an increasingly 
significant player in 
aquaculture.”

LOUIS WIN 
General Manager Asian 
Operations, Bangkok, 
Thailand

03

“ My team has 
made amazing 
progress as part 
of Organizational 
Realignment — 
really remarkable 
stuff. I couldn’t be 
more proud of the 
innovations that are 
helping us grow in 
the industry.”

GREG MULLER  
Warehouse Manager, 
Newport News, Virginia

04

“ We produce a wide 
variety of quality 
products — and that 
keeps me on my 
toes. Every day, I look 
forward to problem-
solving and keeping 
the plant running as 
efficiently as possible.”

JEFF THORNTON 
Maintenance Supervisor, 
Portsmouth, New Hampshire

05

“ We have a deep 
history, while our 
quality and our 
brands continue to set 
standards for today. 
It’s a combination 
that no other seafood 
company can match.”

BRIAN JOBE 
Sales Team Leader,  
Halifax, Nova Scotia

07

“ Seafood has so much 
potential for growth. 
My team and I are 
imagining the next 
wave of innovative 
products to help 
people live healthier 
lives. Plus, it gives 
me great pleasure to 
work with a company 
that does everything 
it can to preserve 
our oceans for future 
generations.”

PHILMAN GEORGE 
Corporate Chef,  
Mississauga, Ontario

08

“ We’re bringing 
seafood to tables  
of millions of  
North Americans. 
And as we continue 
to improve, 
innovate and inspire 
quality selections 
for customers, I 
have unlimited 
opportunities to  
learn and develop  
in my career.”

NATALIE WHITE 
Communications Manager, 
Lunenburg, Nova Scotia

09

“ When I was growing 
up, this company 
put food on my 
family’s table. Now 
that I work at High 
Liner Foods, I get to 
collaborate with a 
dynamic, supportive 
team that’s inspiring 
innovation and 
driving positive 
change. It’s an 
ideal opportunity 
to develop 
professionally.”

NIKKI MILLS 
Senior Accountant,  
Halifax, Nova Scotia

10

“ We have a rich 
heritage and 
team culture. 
With increasingly 
advanced levels of 
communications and 
strong leadership 
throughout the 
company, it’s an 
exciting time to 
work toward shared 
objectives.”

CHRISTINE CONRAD 
Executive Assistant/Office 
Services Manager, Halifax,  
Nova Scotia

Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis

Consolidated Financial 
Statements

Annual Report 2018 

11

Introduction 
Company Overview 
Financial Objectives 
Outlook 
Recent Developments 
Performance 

Consolidated Performance 
Performance by Segment 

Results by Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Consolidated Performance 
Performance by Segment 

Business Acquisition, Integration and  
Other (Income) Expenses 
Finance Costs 
Income Taxes 
Contingencies 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 
Related Party Transactions 
Events After the Reporting Period 
Non-IFRS Financial Measures 
Governance 
Accounting Estimates and Standards 
Risk Factors 
Forward-Looking Information 

12
13
14
15
15
16
17
20
22
23
23
26

27
27
28
28
28
33
34
34
39
39
43
51

Management’s Responsibility 
Independent Auditors’ Report  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  
Consolidated Statements of Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“AOCI”)  
Consolidated Statements of Changes  
 in Shareholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
Note 1 Corporate information  
Note 2  Statement of compliance and basis  

for presentation 

Note 3 Significant accounting policies  
Note 4 Critical accounting estimates and judgments  
Note 5 Business combinations 
Note 6 Product recall 
Note 7 Accounts receivable  
Note 8 Inventories 
Note 9 Property, plant and equipment 
Note 10 Goodwill and intangible assets 
Note 11 Bank loans 
Note 12 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Note 13 Provisions 
Note 14  Long-term debt and finance lease obligations 
Note 15 Future employee benefits 
Note 16 Share capital 
Note 17 Share-based compensation 
Note 18 Income tax 
Note 19 Revenues from contracts with customers 
Note 20 Earnings per share 
Note 21  Changes in financial liabilities arising from  

 financing activities 
Note 22 Guarantees and commitments 
Note 23 Related party disclosures 
Note 24 Operating segment information 
Note 25 Fair value measurement 
Note 26 Capital management 
Note 27  Financial risk management objectives  

and policies 

Note 28 Supplemental information 
Note 29 Events after the reporting period 
Historical figures 

53
54
56
57
58

58

 59
 60
61
61

61
61
73
75
76
76
77
78
79
81
82
82
83
83
87
88
91
93
93

94
94
95
96
96
99

99
103
103
104

 
 
 
 
 
12  HIGH LINER FOODS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

For the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 
(All amounts are in United States dollars unless otherwise stated)

Introduction
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”), dated 
February 27, 2019, relates to the financial condition and results 
of operations of High Liner Foods Incorporated for the fifty-two 
weeks ended December 29, 2018 (“Fiscal 2018”) compared to 
the fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017 (“Fiscal 2017”). 
Throughout this discussion, “We”, “Us”, “Our”, “Company” and 
“High Liner Foods” refer to High Liner Foods Incorporated and 
its businesses and subsidiaries.

This document should be read in conjunction with our 2018 
Annual Report along with our Annual Audited Consolidated 
Financial Statements (“Consolidated Financial Statements”) 
as at and for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, 
prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”). The information contained in this 
document, including forward-looking statements, is based on 
information available to management as of February 27, 2019, 
except as otherwise noted.

Comparability of Periods

The Company’s fiscal year-end floats, and ends on the 
Saturday closest to December 31. The Company follows a 
fifty-two week reporting cycle, which periodically necessitates 
a fiscal year of fifty-three weeks. Fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 
2016 were fifty-two weeks. When a fiscal year contains fifty-
three weeks, the reporting cycle is divided into four quarters 
of thirteen weeks each except for the fourth quarter, which 
is fourteen weeks in duration. Therefore, amounts presented 
may not be entirely comparable.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

This document also includes certain non-IFRS financial 
measures, which we use as supplemental indicators of our 
operating performance and financial position, as well as for 
internal planning purposes. These non-IFRS measures do 
not have any standardized meaning as prescribed by IFRS, 
and therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled 
measures presented by other publicly traded companies, nor 
should they be construed as an alternative to other financial 
measures determined in accordance with IFRS. Non-IFRS 
financial measures are defined and reconciled to the most 
directly comparable IFRS measures in the Non-IFRS Financial 
Measures section starting on page 34 of this MD&A.

Currency

All amounts in this MD&A are in United States dollars 
(“USD”), unless otherwise noted. Although the functional 
currency of High Liner Foods’ Canadian company (the 
“Parent”) is the Canadian dollar (“CAD”), management 
believes the USD presentation better reflects the Company’s 
overall business activities and improves investors’ ability 
to compare the Company’s consolidated financial results 
with other publicly traded businesses in the packaged foods 
industry (most of which are based in the United States 
(“U.S.”) and report in USD) and should result in less volatility 
in reported sales and income on the conversion into the 
presentation currency.

For the purpose of presenting the Consolidated Financial 
Statements in USD, CAD-denominated assets and liabilities 
in the Parent’s operations are converted using the exchange 
rate at the reporting date, and revenue and expenses are 
converted at the average exchange rate of the month in which 
the transaction occurs. As such, foreign currency fluctuations 
affect the reported values of individual lines on our balance 
sheet and income statement. When the USD strengthens 
(weakening CAD), the reported USD values of the Parent’s 
CAD-denominated items decrease in the Consolidated 
Financial Statements, and the opposite occurs when the USD 
weakens (strengthening CAD).

In some parts of this document, balance sheet and operating 
items of the Parent are discussed in the CAD functional 
currency (the “domestic currency” of the Parent) to eliminate 
the effect of fluctuating foreign exchange rates used to translate 
the Parent’s operations to the USD presentation currency.

Forward-Looking Statements

This MD&A includes statements that are forward looking. Our 
actual results may be substantially different because of the risks 
and uncertainties associated with our business and the general 
economic environment. We discuss the principal risks of our 
business in the Risk Factors section on page 43 of this MD&A. 
We cannot provide any assurance that forecasted financial or 
operational performance will actually be achieved, and if it is 
achieved, we cannot provide assurance that it will result in an 
increase in the Company’s share price. See the Forward-Looking 
Information section on page 51 of this MD&A.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018 

13

The Company’s five critical initiatives are:

•  Organizational Realignment: Important progress has been 
made on this initiative, as mentioned above to realign the 
organization to create a “One High Liner Foods” culture that 
improves efficiency, cuts costs, will facilitate knowledge 
sharing, organizational best practices and lay the foundation 
for the critical initiatives that follow.

•  Business Simplification: The Company will take 

unnecessary complexity out of its business to ensure the 
product portfolio is simple, yet powerful and focuses on the 
best of High Liner Foods – in terms of margins, customer 
appeal and growth potential. Although this will require 
certain product eliminations, this will enable the Company 
to focus its resources on developing and innovating the 
most profitable and desirable products.

•  Supply Chain Excellence: The Company will build on efforts 
to date to create one integrated supply chain by creating a 
cross-border operating system, increasing the efficiency of 
manufacturing activities through further centralization and 
standardization and is focusing its attention on sales and 
operational planning and continuous improvement.

•  Rubicon Alignment and Growth: The Company will work to 
extract the value and synergies in this acquisition that have 
yet to be fully realized. By fully aligning Rubicon with High 
Liner Foods, the Company will maximize the opportunity for 
growth in the shrimp business.

•  Profitable Organic Growth: The Company will invest in 

product innovation, research and partnerships to strengthen 
its customer engagement, shape consumer tastes and 
demand for our seafood with the goal of returning to 
profitable growth by 2020.

Additional information relating to High Liner Foods, including 
our most recent Annual Information Form (“AIF”), is available 
on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and in the Investor Center 
section of the Company’s website at www.highlinerfoods.com.

Company Overview
High Liner Foods, through its predecessor companies, has 
been in business since 1899 and has been a publicly traded 
Canadian company since 1967, trading under the symbol ‘HLF’ 
on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”). We are the leading 
North American processor and marketer of value-added 
(i.e. processed) frozen seafood, producing a wide range of 
products from breaded and battered items to seafood entrées, 
that are sold to North American food retailers and foodservice 
distributors. The retail channel includes grocery and club stores 
and our products are sold throughout the U.S., Canada and 
Mexico under the High Liner, Fisher Boy, Mirabel, Sea Cuisine and 
C. Wirthy & Co. labels. The foodservice channel includes sales 
of seafood that are usually eaten outside the home and our 
branded products are sold through distributors to restaurants 
and institutions under the High Liner, Icelandic Seafood1 and 
FPI labels. The Company is also a major supplier of private-
label value-added frozen premium seafood products to North 
American food retailers and foodservice distributors.

We own and operate three food-processing plants located in 
Lunenburg, Nova Scotia (“NS”), Portsmouth, New Hampshire 
(“NH”), and Newport News, Virginia (“VA”).

Although our roots are in the Atlantic Canadian fishery, we 
purchase all our seafood raw material and some finished 
goods from around the world. From our headquarters in 
Lunenburg, NS, we have transformed our long and proud 
heritage into global seafood expertise. We deliver on the 
expectations of consumers by selling seafood products that 
respond to their demands for sustainable, convenient, tasty 
and nutritious seafood, at good value.

The Company has embarked on a significant undertaking as 
represented by the five critical initiatives summarized below 
to eliminate the challenges in its internal operations and 
strengthen the overall health of the business. The Company 
expects to execute on the critical initiatives outlined below 
within nine to twelve months and as previously disclosed, 
expects to achieve a minimum of $10 million in annualized 
cost savings, on a run rate basis, associated with these 
critical initiatives, starting in 2019. Annualized cost savings 
of $7.0 million were identified as part of the Company’s 
organizational realignment that was completed in November 
2018 (see the Recent Developments section on page 15). 

1 

In December 2011, as part of our acquisition of the U.S. subsidiary of Icelandic 
Group h.f., we acquired several brands and agreed to a seven year royalty-free 
licensing agreement with Icelandic Group for the use of the Icelandic Seafood 
brand in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. In April 2018, the Company executed 
a seven year brand license agreement for the continued use of the Icelandic 
Seafood brand in the U.S. and Canada with royalty payments effective January 
2019 (1.5% on net sales of products sold under the Icelandic Seafood brand).

MD&A6.0%

6.3%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25

14  HIGH LINER FOODS

Financial Objectives 
Our strategy was designed with the expectation to increase 
shareholder value. To help us focus on meeting investor 
expectations, we use three key financial measures to gauge 
our financial performance:

Fiscal 2018

Fiscal 2017

6.6%

5.8%

8.2%

12.1%

Return

On assets managed

On equity

Profitability

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage 
 of sales

Financial strength

Net interest-bearing debt to  
 Adjusted EBITDA ratio (times)(1)

5.8x

5.9x

(1)  Including trailing twelve-month Adjusted EBITDA for Rubicon, net interest-
bearing debt to Adjusted EBITDA (see the Non-IFRS Financial Measures 
section on page 34 of this MD&A for further discussion of Adjusted EBITDA) 
was 5.6x at December 30, 2017.

Each of these financial measures is further discussed below. 
See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section starting on 
page 34 for further explanation of these measures.

Return on Assets Managed (“ROAM”)                               

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

6.6%

8.2%

12.1%

10.3%

11.3%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20

In 2018, Adjusted EBIT decreased by $5.1 million, or 10.2%, 
compared to 2017 and the thirteen-month rolling average net 
assets managed increased by $65.5 million, or 10.7%. The 
combined impact of these changes was a decrease in ROAM 
from 8.2% at the end of Fiscal 2017 to 6.6% at the end of 
Fiscal 2018.

The decrease in Adjusted EBIT in 2018 is a result of the same 
factors causing the $3.6 million decrease in Adjusted EBITDA 
in 2018 compared to 2017, as discussed in the Consolidated 
Performance section on page 17 of this MD&A and an increase 
in depreciation and amortization expense primarily related to 
the full year impact of the Rubicon Resources LLC (“Rubicon”) 
acquisition in May 2017. The increase in the average net assets 
managed in 2018 compared to 2017 is primarily due to the 
timing of the Rubicon acquisition in 2017, which resulted in 
higher average inventory held, intangibles, and goodwill, 

partially offset by an increase in average accounts payable and 
accrued liabilities over the comparable period.

Return on Equity (“ROE”)                               

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

5.8%

12.1%

17.6%

17.2%

18.4%

In 2018, Adjusted Net Income less share-based compensation 
expense decreased by $13.6 million, or 46.2%, compared to 
2017, and the thirteen-month rolling average common equity 
increased by $28.9 million, or 11.9%, primarily reflecting the 
higher average common shares outstanding in 2018 due to the 
issuance of common shares in May 2017 related to the Rubicon 
acquisition. The combined impact of these changes resulted in 
a decrease in ROE from 12.1% at the end of Fiscal 2017 to 5.8% 
at the end of Fiscal 2018. The decrease in Adjusted Net Income 
in 2018 compared to 2017 is discussed in the Consolidated 
Performance section on page 17 of this MD&A.

ADJUSTED EBITDA AS A PERCENTAGE OF SALES
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales is calculated 
as follows:

•  Adjusted EBITDA as defined in the Non-IFRS Financial 
Measures section on page 34 of this MD&A, divided by:

•  Sales as disclosed on the consolidated statements  

of income.

In 2018, Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3.6 million, or 5.5%, 
compared to 2017 and sales decreased by $5.3 million, or 
0.5%. The combined impact of these changes resulted in a 
decrease in Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales from 
6.3% in 2017 compared to 6.0% in 2018. The decrease in 
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales for 2018 compared 
to 2017 reflects lower gross profit (after adjusting the prior 
year for the losses associated with the 2017 product recall) 
and higher distribution expenses, partially offset by lower 
SG&A expenses in 2018, as discussed in the Consolidated 
Performance section on page 17 of this MD&A.

MD&ANET INTEREST-BEARING DEBT TO ADJUSTED EBITDA
Net interest-bearing debt to Adjusted EBITDA is calculated 
as follows:

Recent Developments

Organizational Realignment

Annual Report 2018 

15

•  Net interest-bearing debt as defined in the Non-IFRS 
Financial Measures section on page 38 of this MD&A, 
divided by:

•  Adjusted EBITDA as defined in the Non-IFRS Financial 

Measures section on page 34 of this MD&A.

Net interest-bearing debt to Adjusted EBITDA was 5.8x at the 
end of Fiscal 2018 compared to 5.9x at the end of Fiscal 2017, 
as shown in the following table:

(Amounts in $000s,  
except as otherwise noted)

Net interest-bearing debt

Adjusted EBITDA

Net interest-bearing debt to  
 Adjusted EBITDA ratio (times)

Twelve months ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

360,642

62,474

$ 

$ 

387,869

66,112

5.8x

5.9x

U.S. Tariffs

In August 2018, the Company communicated plans to 
optimize the Company’s structure in order to take better 
advantage of the Company’s North American scale, 
lower operating costs and improve financial performance. 
On November 7, 2018, the Company announced an 
organizational realignment which resulted in a reduction of 
14.0% of its salaried workforce. The Company expects to 
recognize termination benefits of approximately $4.9 million 
related to this workforce reduction, of which $3.5 million 
was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2018 as business 
acquisition, integration and other (income) expense in the 
consolidated statements of income. The full organizational 
realignment undertaken in 2018 will generate approximately 
$7.0 million in net annualized run rate cost savings.

During 2018, net interest-bearing debt decreased by 
$27.3 million and Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $3.6 million. 
The combined impact of these changes was a decrease 
in net interest-bearing debt to Adjusted EBITDA for 2018 
compared to 2017. The change in net interest-bearing debt 
is discussed on page 38 of this MD&A, and the change in 
Adjusted EBITDA is discussed on page 34 of this MD&A. 
Including trailing twelve month Adjusted EBITDA for Rubicon, 
net interest-bearing debt to Adjusted EBITDA was 5.6x at 
December 30, 2017. In the absence of any major acquisitions 
or strategic initiatives requiring capital expenditures in 2019, 
we expect this ratio will be lower at the end of Fiscal 2019.

Outlook 
High Liner continues to advise shareholders that until it 
successfully executes its critical initiatives over the next nine 
to twelve months, it is likely to continue to face pressure on 
its financial results due to a number of internal and external 
factors. Longer term, the Company expects its financial 
performance to improve and targets a return to profitable 
growth by 2020.

In September 2018, the U.S. Administration announced an 
additional 10% tariff on certain Chinese imports, including 
seafood, effective September 24, 2018, increasing to 
25% effective January 1, 2019. On December 19, 2018, 
the U.S. Administration postponed the January 1, 2019 
tariff increase, pending negotiations between the U.S. 
Administration and China.

The Company currently purchases its seafood raw materials 
from more than 20 countries around the world, including from 
the U.S., to meet U.S. consumer demand. A portion of this raw 
material is imported into China for primary processing and 
then exported to the U.S. for sale and secondary processing. 
The Company has determined that the additional tariff 
applies to the import of certain species into the U.S., most 
notably haddock, tilapia and sole/flounder. The estimated 
exposure of a 10% and 25% tariff in 2019 is approximately 
$4 million and $9 million, respectively based on current 
volume and raw material costs; however, the Company has 
begun implementing plans, including pricing actions and 
other supply chain initiatives, to mitigate the impact of these 
tariffs and reduce the estimated impact to the Company. 
The Company will continue to monitor these developments 
closely, particularly if further information becomes available 
regarding potential additional tariffs or how the previously 
announced tariffs will impact the Company.

MD&A16  HIGH LINER FOODS

Product Recall

Appointment of New President and Chief Executive Officer

In 2017, the Company announced a voluntary recall of certain 
brands of breaded fish and seafood products sold in Canada and 
the U.S. that may contain a milk allergen that was not declared 
on the ingredient label and allergen statement. The Company 
identified that the allergen had originated from ingredients 
supplied by one of the Company’s U.S. based ingredient 
suppliers. As a result, during the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017, the Company recognized $13.5 million 
in net losses associated with the product recall related to 
consumer refunds, customer fines, the return of product to be 
re-worked or destroyed, and direct incremental costs. These 
losses did not include any reduction in earnings as a result of 
lost sales opportunities due to limited product availability and 
customer shortages, or increased production costs related to the 
interruption of production at the Company’s facilities.

During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the 
Company recognized an $8.5 million recovery associated with 
the product recall losses from the ingredient supplier, which 
was recognized as business acquisition, integration and other 
(income) expense in the consolidated statements of income.

Subsequent to December 29, 2018, the Company recovered 
an additional $8.5 million associated with the product 
recall from the ingredient supplier, for a total recovery of 
$17.0 million, see Note 6 “Product recall” to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements for further information). This additional 
recovery will be recognized during the first quarter of 2019, 
reflecting the period in which the recovery became virtually 
certain, in accordance with IFRS. No further recoveries are 
expected. As a result, the Company has fully recovered the 
$13.5 million in losses recognized during the fifty-two weeks 
ended December 30, 2017 related to consumer refunds, 
customer fines, the return of product to be re-worked or 
destroyed, and direct incremental costs, and an additional 
$3.5 million related to lost sales opportunities and increased 
production costs. See the “Events After the Reporting Period” 
section on page 34 for further information.

Upgrade of Enterprise Resource Planning System

During the second quarter of 2018, the Company completed 
a significant upgrade to its enterprise resource planning 
(“ERP”) system, which is the business management software 
that supports the Company’s core business processes. 
The upgrade provides improved capability to support the 
organizational realignment, current business objectives 
and future growth. The upgrade was completed on time, 
within internal spending targets, and without interruption to 
customers or the business.

Effective May 1, 2018, High Liner Foods’ Board of Directors 
appointed Rod Hepponstall as President and Chief 
Executive Officer. Mr. Hepponstall assumed this position 
from Henry Demone, Chairman of the Board of Directors. 
Mr. Hepponstall has extensive experience working in the food 
industry in the United States and Canada, in both retail and 
foodservice, and most recently, held the position of Senior Vice 
President, General Manager Retail & Foodservice Business 
Units at Lamb-Weston Inc., one of the world’s leading suppliers 
of frozen potato products. In connection with Mr. Hepponstall’s 
appointment, he also joined the Company’s Board of Directors.

Amendments to the Working Capital Credit Facility

In April 2018, the Company amended the $180.0 million 
working capital credit facility (see Note 11 “Bank loans” to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements) to extend the term from 
April 2019 to April 2021. There were no other significant 
changes to the existing terms, other than an amendment to 
the standby fees paid on the unutilized facility to 0.25%.

Performance
The discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial results 
focuses on the performance of the consolidated operations, 
and the performance of the two reportable segments 
described in Note 24 “Operating segment information” to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements: Canada Operations 
and U.S. Operations. Information is also provided for the 
“Corporate” category, which includes expenses for corporate 
functions, share-based compensation costs and business 
acquisition, integration and other expenses.

Seasonality

Overall, the first quarter of the year is historically the 
strongest for both sales and profit, and the second quarter 
is the weakest. Both our retail and foodservice businesses 
traditionally experience a strong first quarter due to retailers 
and restaurants promoting seafood during the Lenten period. 
As such, the timing of Lent can impact our quarterly results.

A significant percentage of advertising and promotional 
activity is typically done in the first quarter. Customer-specific 
promotional expenditures such as trade spending, listing 
allowances and couponing are deducted from “Revenues” and 
non-customer-specific consumer marketing expenditures are 
included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018 

17

Inventory levels fluctuate throughout the year, most notably 
increasing to support strong sales periods such as the Lenten 
period. In addition, the timing of ordering raw materials is 
earlier than typically required in order to have adequate 

quantities available during the seasonal closure of plants in 
Asia during the Lunar New Year period. These events typically 
result in significantly higher inventories in December, January, 
February and March than during the rest of the year.

Consolidated Performance

The table below summarizes key consolidated financial information for the relevant periods.

(in $000s, except sales volume, per share amounts,  
percentage amounts, and exchange rates)

Sales volume (millions of lbs)

Fifty-two weeks ended

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

284.0

291.8

Change

(7.8)

December 31, 
2016

277.3

Average foreign exchange rate (USD/CAD)

$ 

1.2956

$ 

1.2983

$ 

(0.0027)

$ 

1.3248

Sales

Sales in domestic currency

Foreign exchange impact

Sales in USD

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales

Distribution expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted EBITDA in domestic currency

Foreign exchange impact

Adjusted EBITDA in USD

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

Net income

Basic Earnings per Share ("EPS")

Diluted EPS

Adjusted Net Income(1)

Adjusted Basic EPS

Adjusted Diluted EPS(1),(2)

Total assets

Total long-term financial liabilities

Dividends paid per common share (CAD)

$  1,123,228

$  1,131,733

(74,697)

(77,887)

$  1,048,531

$  1,053,846

$ 

188,157

$ 

186,079

17.9%

17.7%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

52,649

92,208

66,731

(4,257)

62,474

6.0%

16,776

0.50

0.50

17,049

0.51

0.51

837,155

335,364

0.580

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

49,827

99,449

68,780

(2,668)

66,112

6.3%

31,653

0.98

0.97

30,142

0.93

0.93

907,969

348,774

0.565

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(8,505)

$  1,036,229

3,190

(5,315)

2,078

0.2%

2,822

(7,241)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(81,243)

954,986

201,807

21.1%

43,610

96,978

(2,049)

$ 

88,352

(1,589)

(6,969)

(3,638)

$ 

81,383

(0.3)%

8.5%

(14,877)

(0.48)

(0.47)

(13,093)

(0.42)

(0.42)

(70,814)

(13,410)

0.015

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

32,284

1.04

1.04

40,284

1.30

1.29

685,108

276,303

0.520

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section starting on page 34 for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted EPS.

(2)  CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS was $0.66, $1.21 and $1.71 for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 

respectively. See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on page 37 for further explanation of CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS.

The acquisition of Rubicon on May 30, 2017 had the impact of 
increasing sales volume by 7.5 million pounds, sales by $35.1 
million, gross profit by $4.4 million and Adjusted EBITDA 
by $1.2 million in 2018 as compared to 2017 as a result of 
incorporating Rubicon’s results for the full year. Additional 
information relating to the Rubicon acquisition is available 
in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the 
year ended December 29, 2018.

SALES
Sales volume in 2018 decreased by 7.8 million pounds, or 
2.7%, to 284.0 million pounds compared to 291.8 million 
pounds in 2017, including the following:

•  An additional 7.5 million pounds in 2018 from Rubicon, 
which was acquired on May 30, 2017, compared to 
2017; and

•  Lower sales volume in 2017 associated with the product 

recall of 2.4 million pounds.

MD&A 
 
 
 
 
18  HIGH LINER FOODS

Excluding these items, sales volume in 2018 decreased by 
17.7 million pounds, or 6.5%, primarily due to lower sales 
volume in our U.S. retail and foodservice businesses and 
Canadian retail business, partially offset by higher sales 
volume in our Canadian foodservice business.

Sales in 2018 were $1,048.5 million, representing a decrease 
of $5.3 million, or 0.5%, compared to $1,053.8 million in 
2017. The stronger Canadian dollar in 2018 compared to 
2017 increased the value of reported USD sales from our 
CAD-denominated operations by approximately $0.5 million 
relative to the conversion impact last year.

Sales in domestic currency decreased by $8.5 million, or 
0.8%, to $1,123.2 million in 2018 compared to $1,131.7 million 
in 2017. Excluding the additional sales from Rubicon of 
$35.1 million and the lower sales during 2017 associated 
the product recall ($8.8 million), sales decreased by 
$52.4 million, or 5.1%, due to the lower sales volume 
mentioned above and changes in product mix, partially offset 
by price increases related to raw material cost increases.

Sales by reportable segment are discussed in more detail in 
the Performance by Segment section on page 20.

GROSS PROFIT
Gross profit increased in 2018 by $2.1 million, or 1.1%, to 
$188.2 million compared to $186.1 million in 2017, reflecting 
an increase in gross profit as a percentage of sales to 17.9% 
compared to 17.7% in the prior year and losses associated 
with the product recall in 2017 ($13.5 million).

Excluding the impact of the product recall, gross profit 
decreased by $11.4 million, or 5.7%, due to the decrease 
in sales volume previously mentioned, raw material cost 
increases, unfavourable changes in product mix and U.S. plant 
inefficiencies, partially offset by the price increases, improved 
efficiency in our Canadian plant and increased gross profit 
associated with the inclusion of Rubicon for the full period 
in the current year. In addition, the stronger Canadian dollar 
had the effect of increasing the value of reported USD gross 
profit from our Canadian operations in 2018 by approximately 
$0.2 million relative to the conversion impact last year.

Gross profit by reportable segment is discussed in more detail 
in the Performance by Segment section on page 20.

DISTRIBUTION EXPENSES
Distribution expenses, consisting of freight and storage, 
increased in 2018 by $2.8 million to $52.6 million compared 
to $49.8 million in the same period last year, due to the 
acquisition of Rubicon and higher fuel, line-haul and storage 
costs, partially offset by the lower sales volume mentioned 
previously. As a percentage of sales, distribution expenses 
increased to 5.0% in 2018 compared to 4.7% in the same 
period in 2017.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE (“SG&A”) EXPENSES

(Amounts in $000s)

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

SG&A expenses, as reported

$ 

92,208

$ 

99,449

Less:

Share-based compensation 
 expense(1)

Depreciation and amortization  
 expense(1)

1,188

9,441

712

8,296

SG&A expenses, net

$ 

81,579

$ 

90,441

SG&A expenses, net as a  
 percentage of sales

7.8%

8.6%

(1)  Represents share-based compensation expense and depreciation and 

amortization expense that is allocated to SG&A only. The remaining expense 
is allocated to cost of sales and distribution expenses.

SG&A expenses decreased by $7.2 million to $92.2 million in 
2018 as compared to $99.4 million in 2017. SG&A expenses 
included share-based compensation expense of $1.2 million 
in 2018 compared to an expense of $0.7 million in 2017, 
primarily reflecting additional stock option grants during the 
year, partially offset by a lower share price during the year. 
SG&A expenses also included depreciation and amortization 
expense of $9.4 million in 2018 compared to $8.3 million in 
2017. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense 
is primarily related to the amortization of intangible assets 
acquired as part of the Rubicon acquisition in May 2017.

Excluding share-based compensation and depreciation and 
amortization expenses, SG&A expenses decreased in 2018 
by $8.8 million to $81.6 million compared to $90.4 million 
in the same period last year, due to lower administrative 
expenditures, including termination benefits, and lower 
consumer marketing expenditures across the Company, 
reflecting cost saving initiatives. The decrease in SG&A 
expenses was partially offset by increased expenses 
associated with the inclusion of Rubicon for the full period in 
the current year. As a percentage of sales, SG&A excluding 
share-based compensation and depreciation and amortization 
expense decreased to 7.8% in 2018 compared to 8.6% in the 
same period last year.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018 

19

ADJUSTED EBITDA
We refer to Adjusted EBITDA throughout this MD&A, including 
in the Performance by Segment section on page 20, where 
Adjusted EBITDA is discussed for both our Canadian and U.S. 
operations. See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on 
page 34 for further explanation of this non-IFRS measure.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA decreased in 2018 by 
$3.6 million, or 5.5%, to $62.5 million compared to 
$66.1 million in 2017. The impact of converting our CAD-
denominated operations and corporate activities to our 
USD presentation currency decreased the value of reported 
Adjusted EBITDA in USD by $4.3 million in 2018 compared 
to $2.7 million in 2017.

In domestic currency, Adjusted EBITDA decreased in 2018 
by $2.1 million, or 3.0%, to $66.7 million (5.9% of sales) 
compared to $68.8 million (6.1% of sales) in 2017 reflecting 
the lower gross profit ($11.8 million) after adjusting for the 
losses associated with the 2017 product recall and an increase 
in distribution expenses explained previously, partially 
offset by the lower SG&A expenses mentioned previously. 
In addition, Adjusted EBITDA in 2017 included $2.3 million 
($2.0 million USD) in product recall costs that were not added 
back for the purpose of Adjusted EBITDA.

The following table shows the impact in 2018 and 2017 of 
converting our CAD-denominated operations and corporate 
activities to our USD presentation currency.

(Amounts in $000s)

External Sales

Canada

USA

Conversion

Adjusted EBITDA

Canada

USA

Corporate

Conversion

Fifty-two weeks ended

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018 
USD

December 30, 
2017 
USD

% Change 
USD

December 29, 
2018 
Domestic $

December 30, 
2017 
Domestic $

% Change 
Domestic $

$ 

253,329

$ 

262,063

(3.3)% $ 

328,026

$ 

339,950

795,202

791,783

0.4%

795,202

791,783

1,048,531

1,053,846

(0.5)%

1,123,228

1,131,733

—

—

(74,697)

(77,887)

(3.5)%

0.4%

(0.8)%

$  1,048,531

$  1,053,846

(0.5)% $  1,048,531

$  1,053,846

(0.5)%

$ 

16,039

$ 

50,604

(4,169)

62,474

—

13,657

56,991

(4,536)

66,112

—

17.4% $ 

20,795

$ 

(11.2)%

(8.1)%

(5.5)%

50,604

(4,668)

66,731

(4,257)

17,715

56,991

(5,926)

68,780

(2,668)

17.4%

(11.2)%

(21.2)%

(3.0)%

$ 

62,474

$ 

66,112

(5.5)% $ 

62,474

$ 

66,112

(5.5)%

Adjusted EBITDA as percentage of sales

In USD

In Domestic $

6.0%

6.3%

5.9%

6.1%

NET INCOME
We refer to Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Diluted EPS 
and CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS throughout 
this MD&A. See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section 
starting on page 34 for further explanation of these non-
IFRS measures.

Net income decreased in 2018 by $14.9 million, or 47.0%, 
to $16.8 million ($0.50 per diluted share) compared to 
$31.7 million ($0.97 per diluted share) in 2017. The decrease 
in net income reflects the decrease in Adjusted EBITDA 
mentioned previously, an impairment of property, plant and 
equipment, an increase in termination benefits as a result of 

restructuring activities in the first three quarters of 2018 and 
the organizational realignment announced in November 2018 
(see the Recent Developments section on page 15), an increase 
in finance costs and depreciation and amortization expense. 
Additionally, in 2018 the Company had an income tax 
expense of $6.1 million compared to an income tax recovery 
of $14.1 million in the same period last year that related to the 
impact of the reduction in federal corporate income tax rate 
associated with the U.S. Tax Reform in 2017 (see the Income 
Taxes section on page 28 of this MD&A). This decrease in 
net income was partially offset by the product recall recovery 
of $8.5 million from the ingredient supplier (see the Recent 
Developments section on page 15).

MD&A 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20  HIGH LINER FOODS

In 2018, net income included “business acquisition, 
integration and other (income) expense” (as explained in the 
Business Acquisition, Integration and Other (Income) Expense 
section on page 27 of this MD&A) related to the product 
recall recovery mentioned above, termination benefits as 
a result of restructuring activities in the first three quarters 
of 2018 and the organizational realignment announced in 
November 2018, and other non-cash expenses, including an 
impairment of property, plant and equipment. In 2017, net 
income included “business acquisition, integration and other 
(income) expense” related to the acquisition of Rubicon and 
other business development activities, losses associated with 
the product recall, and other non-cash expenses. Excluding 

the impact of these non-routine expenses or other non-cash 
expenses, and the impact of the U.S. Tax Reform in 2017, 
Adjusted Net Income in 2018 decreased by $13.1 million, or 
43.4%, to $17.0 million compared to $30.1 million in 2017.

Adjusted Diluted EPS decreased by $0.42 to $0.51 in 2018 
compared to $0.93 in 2017 and when converted to CAD 
using the average USD/CAD exchange rate for 2018 of 
1.2956 (2017: 1.2983), CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS 
decreased by CAD$0.55 to CAD$0.66 in 2018 compared to 
CAD$1.21 in 2017 due to the increase in the weighted average 
number of shares outstanding associated with the acquisition 
of Rubicon and the decrease in Adjusted Net Income 
explained above.

Performance by Segment

CANADIAN OPERATIONS
(All currency amounts in this section are in CAD)

(in $000s, except sales volume and percentage amounts)

Sales volume (millions of lbs)

Sales

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

66.6

328,026

60,576

18.5%

20,795

6.3%

$ 

$ 

$ 

68.9

339,950

59,358

17.5%

17,715

5.2%

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change

(2.3)

(11,924)

1,218

1.0%

3,080

1.1%

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on page 34 for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA.

Sales volume for our Canadian operations decreased in 2018 
by 2.3 million pounds to 66.6 million pounds compared to 
68.9 million pounds in 2017. Excluding the reduced sales 
volume associated with the product recall during 2017 
(0.4 million pounds), sales volume in 2018 decreased by 
2.7 million pounds, or 3.9% reflecting lower sales volume in 
the retail business, partially offset by higher volume in the 
foodservice business.

Sales in 2018 decreased by $12.0 million, or 3.5%, to 
$328.0 million compared to $340.0 million in 2017. Excluding 
the sales impact of the 2017 product recall ($2.8 million), 
sales in 2018 decreased by $14.8 million, or 4.3%, primarily 
reflecting the decreased sales volume and changes in product 
mix, partially offset by price increases related to raw material 
cost increases.

Gross profit increased in 2018 by $1.2 million to $60.6 million 
(18.5% of sales) compared to $59.4 million (17.5% of sales) in 
2017. Excluding the losses associated with the 2017 product 
recall ($5.0 million), gross profit decreased by $3.8 million, or 
6.0%, reflecting the lower sales volume noted above, changes 
in product mix and raw material cost increases, partially offset 
by the price increases and improvement in plant efficiency.

Adjusted EBITDA for our Canadian operations increased 
in 2018 by $3.1 million, or 17.4%, to $20.8 million (6.3% of 
sales) compared to $17.7 million (5.2% of sales) in 2017, 
primarily reflecting decreased SG&A expenses due to lower 
administrative and consumer marketing expenses, partially 
offset by the lower gross profit ($3.8 million) after adjusting 
for the losses associated with the 2017 product recall, and 
increased distribution expenses. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA 
in 2017 included $1.4 million in product recall costs that were 
not added back for the purpose of Adjusted EBITDA.

MD&AU.S. OPERATIONS
(All currency amounts in this section are in USD)

(in $000s, except sales volume and percentage amounts)

Sales volume (millions of lbs)

Sales

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

Annual Report 2018  21

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

217.3

795,202

140,775

17.7%

50,604

6.4%

$ 

$ 

$ 

222.9

791,783

140,372

17.7%

56,991

7.2%

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change

(5.6)

3,419

403

—%

(6,387)

(0.8)%

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on page 34 for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA.

Sales volume for our U.S. operations decreased by 5.6 million 
pounds, or 2.5%, in 2018 to 217.3 million pounds compared to 
222.9 million pounds in 2017, including the following:

•  An additional 7.5 million pounds in 2018 from Rubicon, 
which was acquired on May 30, 2017, as compared to 
2017; and

•  Lower sales volume in 2017 related to the product recall of 

1.9 million pounds.

Excluding the impact of these items, sales volume for the 
2018 decreased by 15.0 million, or 7.4%, reflecting lower sales 
volume in both the retail and foodservice businesses.

Sales in 2018 increased by $3.4 million, or 0.4%, to 
$795.2 million compared to $791.8 million in 2017, primarily 
reflecting the additional sales from Rubicon ($35.1 million) 
and lower sales during 2017 associated with the product 
recall ($6.0 million). Excluding the impact of these items, 
sales decreased by $37.7 million, or 5.5%, primarily due to the 
decreased volume mentioned above and changes in product 
mix, partially offset by price increases related to raw material 
cost increases.

Gross profit increased in 2018 by $0.4 million to 
$140.8 million (17.7% of sales) compared to $140.4 million 
(17.7% of sales) in 2017, reflecting the losses associated with 
the product recall in 2017 ($9.6 million). Excluding the impact 
the 2017 product recall, gross profit decreased by $9.2 million, 
or 6.1%, primarily due to the lower sales volume mentioned 
above, raw material cost increases, plant inefficiencies 
and product mix, partially offset by the price increases and 
increased gross profit associated with the inclusion of Rubicon 
for the full period in the current year.

Adjusted EBITDA for our U.S. operations decreased in 2018 
by $6.4 million, or 11.2%, to $50.6 million (6.4% of sales) 
compared to $57.0 million (7.2% of sales) in 2017 reflecting 
the lower gross profit ($9.2 million) after adjusting for the 
losses associated with the 2017 product recall, and increases 
in distribution expenses that were partially related to the 
inclusion of Rubicon for the full period in the current year. 
The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was partially offset by 
lower SG&A expenses due to lower consumer marketing 
expenditures and lower administrative expenses, despite 
the inclusion of Rubicon for a full period in the current year. 
In addition, Adjusted EBITDA in 2017 included $0.9 million 
in recall costs that were not added back for the purpose of 
Adjusted EBITDA.

MD&A22  HIGH LINER FOODS

RESULTS BY QUARTER 
The following table provides summarized financial information for the last eight quarters:

FISCAL 2018

(Amounts in $000s, except per share amounts)

Sales

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Net Income

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Adjusted Net Income(1)

Adjusted Basic EPS

Adjusted Diluted EPS(1)

Dividends paid per common share (in CAD)

Net non-cash working capital(2)

FISCAL 2017

(Amounts in $000s, except per share amounts)

Sales

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Net Income

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Adjusted Net Income(1)

Adjusted Basic EPS

Adjusted Diluted EPS(1)

Dividends paid per common share (in CAD)

Net non-cash working capital(2)

First  
quarter

319,184

24,221

10,251

0.31

0.31

10,703

0.32

0.32

0.145

244,764

First  
quarter

275,735

22,337

10,742

0.35

0.34

10,815

0.34

0.34

0.140

218,832

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Second 
quarter

245,312

12,050

2,804

0.08

0.08

3,766

0.11

0.11

0.145

227,935

Second 
quarter

232,385

13,417

644

0.02

0.02

6,054

0.19

0.19

0.140

206,094

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Third  
quarter

241,157

14,235

4,531

0.13

0.13

412

0.01

0.01

0.145

233,916

Third  
quarter

282,704

17,298

6,040

0.18

0.18

8,424

0.25

0.25

0.140

208,507

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fourth 
quarter

Full  
year

242,878

$  1,048,531

11,968

(810)

(0.02)

(0.02)

2,169

0.07

0.07

0.145

227,223

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

62,474

16,776

0.50

0.50

17,049

0.51

0.51

0.580

227,223

Fourth  
quarter

Full  
year

263,022

$  1,053,846

13,060

14,227

0.43

0.43

4,849

0.15

0.15

0.145

239,102

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

66,112

31,653

0.98

0.97

30,142

0.93

0.93

0.565

239,102

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section starting on page 34 for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted EPS.

(2)  Net non-cash working capital comprises accounts receivable, inventories and prepaid expenses, less accounts payable and accrued liabilities, contract liability, and provisions.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  23

FOURTH QUARTER 

Consolidated Performance

(in $000s, except sales volume, per share amounts,  
percentage amounts and exchange rates)

Sales volume (millions of lbs)

Thirteen weeks ended

Thirteen weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

66.1

71.6

Change

(5.5)

December 31, 
2016

62.4

Average foreign exchange rate (USD/CAD)

$ 

1.3197

$ 

1.2715

$ 

0.0482

$ 

1.3341

Sales

Sales in domestic currency

Foreign exchange impact

Sales in USD

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales

Distribution expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted EBITDA in domestic currency

Foreign exchange impact

Adjusted EBITDA in USD

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

Net (loss) income

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

Adjusted Net Income(1)

Adjusted EPS

Adjusted Diluted EPS(1)

$ 

261,224

$ 

280,917

$ 

(19,693)

$ 

229,580

(18,346)

(17,895)

(451)

(20,787)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

242,878

40,287

16.6%

12,125

20,959

13,663

(1,695)

11,968

4.9%

(810)

(0.02)

(0.02)

2,169

0.07

0.07

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

263,022

44,504

16.9%

13,328

24,609

13,355

(295)

13,060

5.0%

14,227

0.43

0.43

4,849

0.15

0.15

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(20,144)

(4,217)

(0.3)%

(1,203)

(3,650)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

208,793

46,632

20.9%

10,023

21,300

308

$ 

17,986

(1,400)

(1,869)

(1,092)

$ 

16,117

(0.1)%

7.7%

(15,037)

(0.45)

(0.45)

(2,680)

(0.08)

(0.08)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,658

0.22

0.21

6,969

0.22

0.22

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section starting on page 34 for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted EPS.

SALES
Consolidated sales volume for the fourth quarter of 2018 
decreased by 5.5 million pounds, or 7.6%, to 66.1 million 
pounds compared to 71.6 million pounds in the same period 
in 2017 due to lower sales volumes in our Canadian retail 
business and our U.S. retail and foodservice businesses.

Sales in the fourth quarter of 2018 decreased by $20.1 million, 
or 7.7%, to $242.9 million compared to $263.0 million in 
the same period last year. The weaker Canadian dollar in the 
fourth quarter of 2018 compared to the same quarter of 2017 
decreased the value of USD sales from our CAD-denominated 
operations by approximately $2.2 million relative to the 
conversion impact last year.

Sales in domestic currency decreased by $19.7 million, 
or 7.0%, to $261.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2018 
compared to $280.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2017. 
Excluding the decrease in sales during the fourth quarter 
of 2017 associated with the revision of estimated product 
returns related to the product recall ($0.4 million), sales 
decreased by $20.1 million, or 7.1%, mainly due to the 
decreased volume mentioned previously and changes in 

product mix, partially offset by price increases related to raw 
material cost increases.

GROSS PROFIT
Gross profit decreased in the fourth quarter of 2018 
by $4.2 million, or 9.5%, to $40.3 million compared to 
$44.5 million in the same period in 2017, partially reflecting 
a decrease in gross profit as a percentage of sales to 16.6% 
compared to 16.9%. Gross profit in the fourth quarter of 2017 
included losses associated with the product recall in 2017 
($1.5 million).

Excluding the impact of the recall, gross profit decreased 
by $5.7 million to $40.3 million (16.6% as a percentage of 
sales) compared to $46.0 million in the same period of 2017 
(17.5% as a percentage of sales), due to lower sales volume, 
raw material cost increases, unfavourable changes in product 
mix and U.S. plant inefficiencies, partially offset by the price 
increases. In addition, the weaker Canadian dollar had the 
effect of decreasing the value of reported USD gross profit 
from our Canadian operations in 2018 by approximately 
$0.4 million relative to the conversion impact last year.

MD&A24  HIGH LINER FOODS

DISTRIBUTION EXPENSES
Distribution expenses, consisting of freight and storage, 
decreased in the fourth quarter of 2018 by $1.2 million to 
$12.1 million compared to $13.3 million in the same period in 
2017, primarily due to the lower sales volume, partially offset 
by higher fuel and line-haul costs. As a percentage of sales, 
these expenses decreased to 5.0% in the fourth quarter of 
2018 compared to 5.1% in the same period in 2017.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
SG&A expenses decreased in the fourth quarter of 2018 by 
$3.6 million to $21.0 million compared to $24.6 million in the 
same period last year. SG&A expenses included share-based 
compensation expense of $0.2 million in the fourth quarter 
of 2018 compared to a nominal recovery for the same period 
in 2017. SG&A expenses also included depreciation and 
amortization expense of $2.4 million in the fourth quarter of 
2018 and $2.3 million in the same period of 2017.

Excluding share-based compensation and depreciation 
and amortization expenses, SG&A expenses decreased in 
the fourth quarter of 2018 by $3.9 million to $18.4 million 
compared to $22.3 million in the same period last year, 
due to lower administrative expenses, termination benefits 

and consumer marketing expenditures across the Company, 
reflecting cost saving initiatives. As a percentage of sales, 
SG&A excluding share-based compensation and depreciation 
and amortization expense decreased to 7.6% in the fourth 
quarter of 2018 compared to 8.5% in the same period 
last year.

ADJUSTED EBITDA
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA decreased in the fourth 
quarter of 2018 by $1.1 million, or 8.4%, to $12.0 million 
compared to $13.1 million in 2017. The impact of converting 
our CAD-denominated operations and corporate activities 
to our USD presentation currency decreased the value of 
reported Adjusted EBITDA in USD by $1.7 million in the 
fourth quarter of 2018 compared to $0.3 million in 2017.

In domestic currency, Adjusted EBITDA increased in 
the fourth quarter of 2018 by $0.3 million, or 2.3%, to 
$13.7 million (5.2% of sales) compared to $13.4 million 
(4.8% of sales) in 2017. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA 
reflects lower distribution expenses and SG&A expenses 
across the Company, partially offset by the lower gross profit 
($5.0 million) after adjusting for the losses associated with 
the 2017 product recall.

MD&AThe following table shows the impact in the fourth quarter of 2018 and 2017 of converting our CAD-denominated operations 
and corporate activities to our USD presentation currency.

Annual Report 2018  25

(Amounts in $000s)

External Sales

Canada

USA

Conversion

Adjusted EBITDA

Canada

USA

Corporate

Conversion

Thirteen weeks ended

Thirteen weeks ended

December 29, 
2018 
USD

December 30, 
2017 
USD

% Change 
USD

December 29, 
2018 
Domestic $

December 30, 
2017 
Domestic $

% Change 
Domestic $

$ 

57,509

$ 

65,928

(12.8)% $ 

75,855

$ 

83,823

185,369

242,878

—

197,094

263,022

—

(5.9)%

(7.7)%

185,369

261,224

197,094

280,917

(18,346)

(17,895)

(9.5)%

(5.9)%

(7.0)%

$ 

242,878

$ 

263,022

(7.7)% $ 

242,878

$ 

263,022

(7.7)%

$ 

$ 

4,700

8,825

(1,557)

11,968

—

3,476

11,231

(1,647)

13,060

—

35.2% $ 

(21.4)%

(5.5)%

(8.4)%

$ 

6,223

8,825

(1,385)

13,663

(1,695)

4,418

11,231

(2,294)

13,355

(295)

40.9%

(21.4)%

(39.6)%

2.3%

$ 

11,968

$ 

13,060

(8.4)% $ 

11,968

$ 

13,060

(8.4)%

Adjusted EBITDA as percentage of sales

In USD

In Domestic $

4.9%

5.0%

5.2%

4.8%

NET (LOSS) INCOME
Net income decreased in the fourth quarter of 2018 by 
$15.0 million, or 105.7%, to a net loss of $0.8 million 
($0.02 loss per diluted share) compared to net income of 
$14.2 million ($0.43 per diluted share) in 2017. The decrease 
in net income reflects the lower income tax recovery during 
the fourth quarter of 2018 of $1.7 million compared to the 
$13.5 million recovery in the same period last year related 
to the impact of the reduction in federal corporate income 
tax rate associated with the U.S. Tax Reform (see the Income 
Taxes section on page 28 of this MD&A). Additionally, net 
income decreased due to the decrease in Adjusted EBITDA 
mentioned previously, an impairment of property, plant and 
equipment, an increase in termination benefits associated 
with the organizational realignment announced in November 
2018 (see the Recent Developments section on page 15) and an 
increase in finance costs.

In 2018, net loss included “business acquisition, integration 
and other (income) expense” (as explained in the Business 
Acquisition, Integration and Other (Income) Expense section 
on page 27 of this MD&A) related to termination benefits 
associated with the organizational realignment and other 
non-cash expenses, including an impairment of property, 
plant and equipment. In 2017, net income included “business 
acquisition, integration and other (income) expense” related 
to business development activities, termination benefits 
associated with restructuring activities, losses related to the 
product recall, and other non-cash expenses. Excluding the 
impact of these non-routine or non-cash expenses and the 
impact of the U.S. Tax Reform in 2017, Adjusted Net Income 
in the fourth quarter of 2018 decreased by $2.6 million, or 
55.3%, to $2.2 million compared to $4.8 million in 2017.

Correspondingly, Adjusted Diluted EPS decreased by 
$0.08 to $0.07 compared to $0.15 in the fourth quarter 
of 2017, and when converted to CAD using the average 
USD/CAD exchange rate for the period of 1.3197 (2017: 
1.2715), CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS decreased 
by CAD$0.10 to CAD$0.09 compared to CAD$0.19 in the 
fourth quarter of 2017.

MD&A26  HIGH LINER FOODS

Performance by Segment

CANADIAN OPERATIONS
(All currency amounts in this section are in CAD)

(in $000s, except sales volume and percentage amounts)

Sales volume (millions of lbs)

Sales

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

Thirteen weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

15.7

75,855

14,562

$ 

$ 

17.0

83,823

14,784

19.2%

17.6%

6,223

$ 

4,418

8.2%

5.3%

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change

(1.3)

(7,968)

(222)

1.6%

1,805

2.9%

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on page 34 for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA.

THIRTEEN WEEKS
Sales volume for our Canadian operations decreased in the 
fourth quarter of 2018 by 1.3 million pounds to 15.7 million 
pounds as compared to 17.0 million pounds in 2017 primarily 
reflecting lower sales volume in the retail business.

Sales in the fourth quarter decreased by $8.0 million, or 9.5%, 
to $75.8 million compared to $83.8 million in the same period 
of 2017. Excluding the incremental sales during the fourth 
quarter of 2017 associated with the revision of estimated 
product returns related to the product recall ($0.1 million), 
sales in the fourth quarter of 2018 decreased by $7.9 million, 
or 9.4%, due to decreased sales volume and changes in 
product mix, partially offset by price increases related to raw 
material cost increases.

Gross profit decreased by $0.2 million in the fourth quarter 
of 2018 to $14.6 million compared to $14.8 million in 2017, 
while gross profit as a percentage of sales increased to 19.2% 

U.S. OPERATIONS
(All currency amounts in this section are in USD)

in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to 17.6% in 2017. 
Excluding the losses associated with the 2017 product recall 
($0.1 million), gross profit decreased by $0.3 million, or 2.3%, 
reflecting the lower sales volume mentioned above and raw 
material cost increases, partially offset by price increases and 
favorable changes in product mix resulting in a higher gross 
profit as a percentage of sales as noted above.

Adjusted EBITDA for our Canadian operations increased 
during the fourth quarter of 2018 by $1.8 million, or 40.9%, 
to $6.2 million (8.2% of sales) as compared to $4.4 million 
(5.3% of sales) in 2017, reflecting lower distribution, 
consumer marketing and administrative expenses, partially 
offset by the lower gross profit ($0.3 million) after adjusting 
for the losses associated with the 2017 product recall.

(in $000s, except sales volume and percentage amounts)

Sales volume (millions of lbs)

Sales

Gross profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

(1)  See the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on page 34 for further explanation of Adjusted EBITDA.

Thirteen weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

50.5

185,369

29,035

54.6

$ 

$ 

197,094

33,115

15.7%

16.8%

8,825

$ 

11,231

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change

(4.1)

(11,725)

(4,080)

1.1%

(2,406)

4.8%

5.7%

(0.9)%

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  27

THIRTEEN WEEKS
Sales volume for our U.S. operations decreased by 4.1 million 
pounds, or 7.6%, in the fourth quarter of 2018 to 50.5 million 
pounds compared to 54.6 million pounds in 2017, due to 
lower sales volume from the foodservice and retail businesses.

Sales during the fourth quarter decreased by $11.7 million, or 
5.9%, to $185.4 million compared to $197.1 million in 2017, 
partially reflecting lower sales during the fourth quarter 
of 2017 associated with the product recall ($0.5 million). 
Excluding the impact of the recall, sales decreased by 
$12.2 million, or 6.2%, primarily due to the lower sales volume 
mentioned above, partially offset by price increases to recover 
raw material cost increases and changes in product mix.

Gross profit decreased in the fourth quarter of 2018 by 
$4.1 million to $29.0 million (15.7% of sales) compared to 

$33.1 million (16.8% of sales) in the same period last year. 
Excluding the non-reoccurring losses associated with the 
2017 product recall ($1.4 million), gross profit decreased by 
$5.5 million, or 16.0%, due to plant inefficiencies, the lower 
sales volume mentioned above, raw material cost increases 
and unfavourable changes in product mix, partially offset by 
price increases related to raw material cost increases.

Adjusted EBITDA for our U.S. operations decreased during 
the fourth quarter of 2018 by $2.4 million, or 21.4%, to 
$8.8 million (4.8% of sales), compared to $11.2 million 
(5.7% of sales) in 2017 reflecting the lower gross profit 
($5.5 million) after adjusting for the losses associated with 
the 2017 product recall, partially offset by lower consumer 
marketing and administrative expenses.

Business Acquisition, Integration and Other (Income) Expenses 
The Company reports expenses associated with business acquisition and integration activities, and certain other non-routine 
costs separately in its consolidated statements of income as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

Thirteen weeks ended

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

Business acquisition, integration and other (income) expense

$ 

3,631

$ 

991

$ 

(2,471)

$ 

2,639

Business acquisition, integration and other (income) expense 
for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 included 
the recognition of an $8.5 million recovery associated with 
the 2017 product recall from the ingredient supplier, partially 
offset by termination benefits as a result of restructuring 
activities during the first three quarters of 2018 and the 
organizational realignment initiated in November 2018 of 

$3.5 million. See Recent Developments section on page 15 of 
this MD&A for further discussion.

In 2017, business acquisition, integration and other (income) 
expense included costs related to the acquisition of Rubicon, 
termination benefits related to restructuring activities, and 
other strategic business development activities.

Finance Costs 
The following table shows the various components of the Company’s finance costs:

(Amounts in $000s)

Interest paid in cash during the period

Change in cash interest accrued during the period

Total interest to be paid in cash

Deferred financing cost amortization

Total finance costs

Thirteen weeks ended

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

5,229

$ 

4,549

$ 

19,917

$ 

14,745

344

5,573

215

71

4,620

221

812

20,729

874

1,160

15,905

721

$ 

5,788

$ 

4,841

$ 

21,603

$ 

16,626

Finance costs were $1.0 million higher in the fourth quarter 
of 2018 and $5.0 million higher in 2018 compared to the 
same periods last year due to higher interest rates and 

higher average net interest-bearing debt during 2018 
compared to 2017.

MD&A28  HIGH LINER FOODS

Income Taxes 
High Liner Foods’ effective income tax rate for the year ended 
December 29, 2018 was an expense of 26.6% compared to 
a recovery of 80.5% in 2017. In the fourth quarter of 2018, 
the effective tax rate was a recovery of 67.8% compared to a 
recovery of 1,835.6% in the fourth quarter of 2017. The higher 
effective tax rate for the year and quarter ended December 29, 
2018 compared to the same period last year was attributable 
to the reduced interest expense deductibility associated with 
the Company’s tax efficient financing structures and the 
recognition of transitional tax benefits in the fourth quarter of 
2017 triggered by the U.S. Tax Reform resulting in a revaluation 
of the deferred tax liability for changes in substantively enacted 
tax rates. The applicable statutory rates in Canada and the U.S. 
were 29.2% and 27.6%, respectively.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. 
Tax Reform”) was signed into law, which reduced the U.S. 
federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective 
January 1, 2018. As a result of the U.S. Tax Reform, the 
Company’s net deferred tax liability at December 30, 2017 
decreased by $11.2 million.

The U.S. Tax Reform introduced other important changes in 
the U.S. corporate income tax laws, including the creation 
of a new Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax that subjects certain 
payments from U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to 
additional taxes, and limitations to certain deductions for net 
interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations. The U.S. Tax 
Reform also included an increase in bonus depreciation from 
50% to 100% for qualified property placed in service after 
September 27, 2017 and before 2023. Future regulations and 
interpretations may be issued by U.S. authorities that may 
also impact the Company’s estimates and assumptions used 
in calculating its income tax provisions.

See Note 18 “Income tax” to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for full information with respect to income taxes.

Per credit agreement

Canadian Prime Rate revolving loans, Canadian Base Rate revolving and  
 U.S. Prime Rate revolving loans, at their respective rates

Bankers’ Acceptances (“BA”) revolving loans, at BA rates

LIBOR revolving loans at LIBOR, at their respective rates

Letters of credit, with fees of

Standby fees, required to be paid on the unutilized facility, of

Contingencies 
The Company has no material outstanding contingencies.

Liquidity and Capital Resources 
The Company’s balance sheet is affected by foreign currency 
fluctuations, the effect of which is discussed in the Introduction 
section on page 12 of this MD&A (under the heading 
“Currency”) and in the Foreign Currency risk discussion on 
page 49 (in the Risk Factors section).

Our capital management practices are described in Note 26 
“Capital management” to the 2018 Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

Working Capital Credit Facility

The Company entered into an asset-based working capital 
credit facility in November 2010 with the Royal Bank of 
Canada as Administrative and Collateral agent, which 
would expire by its terms in April 2019. There have been 
several amendments made to this facility, with the most 
substantial amendment occurring in April 2014 when it was 
amended concurrently with the term loan, and increased from 
$120.0 million to $180.0 million. In April 2018, the Company 
amended the working capital credit facility to extend the term 
from April 2019 to April 2021. There were no other significant 
changes to the existing terms, other than an amendment 
to the standby fees paid on the unutilized facility to 0.25% 
(previously a range of 0.25% to 0.375%).

The working capital credit facility provides for the rates 
noted in the following table, based on the “Average Adjusted 
Aggregate Availability” as defined in the credit agreement. 
The Company’s borrowing rates as of December 29, 2018 are 
also noted in the following table.

As at December 29, 2018

plus 0.00% to 0.25%

plus 1.25% to 1.75%

plus 1.25% to 1.75%

1.25% to 1.75%

0.25%

plus 0.00%

plus 1.25%

plus 1.25%

1.25%

0.25%

Average short-term borrowings outstanding during 2018 
were $46.8 million compared to $24.1 million in 2017. This 
$22.7 million increase primarily reflects increased borrowing 
due to the acquisition of Rubicon in May 2017, reduced 

cash flow provided by operations in the latter half of Fiscal 
2017 and increased working capital requirements during the 
first half of 2018, partially offset by higher payments in the 
latter half of 2018.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  29

At the end of the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company 
had $118.2 million (December 30, 2017: $111.8 million) of 
unused borrowing capacity, taking into account both margin 
calculations and the total line availability. Included in this 
amount are letters of credit, which reduce the availability under 
the working capital credit facility. On December 29, 2018, 
letters of credit and standby letters of credit were outstanding 
in the amount of $15.4 million (December 30, 2017: 
$14.7 million) to support raw material purchases and to secure 
certain contractual obligations, including those related to the 
Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”).

The facility is asset-based and collateralized by the 
Company’s inventories, accounts receivable and other 
personal property in Canada and the U.S., subject to a first 
charge on brands, trade names and related intangibles under 
the Company’s term loan facility, and excluding the assets 
acquired as part of the Rubicon acquisition. A second charge 
over the Company’s property, plant and equipment is also in 
place. Additional details regarding the Company’s working 
capital credit facility are provided in Note 11 “Bank loans” to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

In the absence of any major acquisitions or capital 
expenditures, we expect average short-term borrowings by 
the end of 2019 to be lower than 2018, and we believe the 
asset-based working capital credit facility should be sufficient 
to fund all of the Company’s anticipated cash requirements.

Term Loan Facility

The Company entered into a term loan in December 2011. 
There have been several amendments made to the term 
loan with the most recent being in April 2014, when it was 

amended concurrently with the working capital credit facility 
and increased to $300.0 million. In June 2017, the term loan 
facility was increased from $300.0 million to $370.0 million 
to facilitate the Rubicon acquisition. The $70.0 million 
addition to the term loan was made in accordance with the 
term loan credit agreement, which provides for incremental 
increases that meet stated provisions, at consistent terms.

Minimum repayments on the term loan are required on 
an annual basis, plus, based on a leverage test, additional 
payments could be required of up to 50% of the previous 
year’s defined excess cash flow. There were excess cash flows 
in 2015, due largely to decreased working capital and capital 
expenditures in 2015 as compared to 2014, and as a result, an 
excess cash flow payment of $11.8 million was made in March 
2016. In addition, the Company made a voluntary repayment 
of $15.0 million during the second quarter of 2016 to reduce 
excess cash balances. Quarterly principal repayments of 
$0.9 million are required on the term loan; however, as per 
the loan agreement, the mandatory excess cash flow payment 
and the voluntary repayment will be applied to future regularly 
scheduled principal repayments. As such, no regularly 
scheduled principal repayments were paid in 2018 and no 
principal repayments are required for 2019. There were excess 
cash flows in 2018, primarily due to higher cash flows from 
operations and lower capital expenditures in 2018 compared 
to 2017, and as a result an excess cash flow payment of 
$13.7 million is payable as at December 29, 2018.

Substantially all tangible and intangible assets (excluding 
working capital) of the Company are pledged as collateral for 
the term loan.

During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the Company had the following interest rate swaps outstanding to hedge 
interest rate risk resulting from the term loan facility:

Effective date

Maturity date

Receive floating rate

Pay fixed rate

Designated in a formal hedging relationship:

Notional amount 
(millions)

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2019

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

2.1700%   $ 

March 4, 2015

April 4, 2016

April 4, 2016

January 4, 2018

March 4, 2020

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

1.9150%   $ 

April 4, 2018

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

1.2325%   $ 

April 24, 2021

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

1.6700%   $ 

April 24, 2021

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

2.2200%   $ 

20.0

25.0

35.0

40.0

80.0

As of December 29, 2018, the combined impact of the 
interest rate swaps listed above effectively fix the interest rate 
on $165.0 million of the $370.0 million face value of the term 
loan and the remaining portion of the debt continues to be at 
variable interest rates. As such, we expect that there will 

be fluctuations in interest expense due to changes in interest 
rates when LIBOR is higher than the embedded floor of 1.0%.

Additional details regarding the Company’s term loan 
are provided in Note 14 “Long-term debt and finance lease 
obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MD&A30  HIGH LINER FOODS

Net Interest-Bearing Debt

The Company’s net interest-bearing debt (as calculated 
in the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on page 38 of 
this MD&A) is comprised of the working capital credit and 
term loan facilities (excluding deferred finance costs) and 
finance leases, less cash. Net interest-bearing debt decreased 
by $27.3 million to $360.6 million at December 29, 2018 
compared to $387.9 million at December 30, 2017, reflecting 
higher payments in the latter half of 2018 due to higher cash 
flow from operating activities during 2018 compared to 2017, 
partially due to improved inventory management, lower 
capital expenditures and a higher cash balance on hand as at 
December 29, 2018 compared to December 30, 2017.

Capital Structure

Net interest-bearing debt to rolling twelve-month Adjusted 
EBITDA (see the Non-IFRS Financial Measures section on 
page 34 of this MD&A for further discussion of Adjusted 
EBITDA) was 5.8x at December 29, 2018 compared to 5.9x 
at the end of Fiscal 2017, as shown in the table in the Financial 
Objectives section on page 14 of this MD&A. Including trailing 
twelve-month Adjusted EBITDA for Rubicon, net interest-
bearing debt to rolling twelve-month Adjusted EBITDA 
was 5.6x at the end of Fiscal 2017. In the absence of any 
major acquisitions or strategic initiatives requiring capital 
expenditures in 2019, we expect this ratio will be lower at the 
end of Fiscal 2019.

At December 29, 2018, net interest-bearing debt was 58.0% of total capitalization compared to 59.1% at December 30, 2017.

(Amounts in $000s)

Net interest-bearing debt

Shareholders’ equity

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments included in AOCI

Total capitalization

Net interest-bearing debt as percentage of total capitalization

Using our December 29, 2018 market capitalization 
of $178.9 million, based on a share price of CAD$7.30 
(USD$5.36 equivalent), instead of the book value of 
equity, net interest-bearing debt as a percentage of total 
capitalization increased to 66.8%.

Normal Course Issuer Bid

In January 2017, we filed a new Normal Course Issuer Bid 
(“2017 NCIB”) to purchase up to 150,000 common shares. 
The 2017 NCIB terminated on February 8, 2018. During the 
fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017 there were no 
purchases under this plan.

In January 2018, we filed a new NCIB (“2018 NCIB”) to 
purchase up to 150,000 common shares. The 2018 NCIB 
terminates on February 1, 2019. During the fifty-two weeks 
ended December 29, 2018 there were no purchases under 
this plan.

The Company has established an automatic securities purchase 
plan for the common shares of the Company for all the bids 
listed above with a termination date coinciding with the NCIB 
termination date. The preceding plans also constitute an 
“automatic plan” for purposes of applicable Canadian Securities 
Legislation and have been approved by the TSX.

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

360,642

$ 

387,869

263,859

(2,215)

268,867

(220)

$ 

622,286

$ 

656,516

58.0%

59.1%

Dividends

As shown in the following table, the quarterly dividend on the 
Company’s common shares increased one time during the 
last two fiscal years. The quarterly dividends paid in the last 
two years were as follows:

Dividend record date

December 1, 2018

September 1, 2018

June 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

December 1, 2017

September 1, 2017

June 1, 2017

March 1, 2017

Quarterly  
dividend CAD

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

0.145

0.145

0.145

0.145

0.145

0.140

0.140

0.140

Dividends and NCIBs are subject to restrictions as follows:

•  Under the working capital credit facility, Average Adjusted 
Aggregate Availability, as defined in the credit agreement, 
must be $22.5 million or higher, and was $109.8 million on 
December 29, 2018, and NCIBs are subject to an annual 
limit of $10.0 million with a provision to carry forward 
unused amounts subject to a maximum of $20.0 million 
per annum; and

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  31

•  Under the term loan facility, dividends cannot exceed 

$17.5 million per year. This amount increases to the greater 
of $25.0 million per year or the defined available amount 
based on excess cash flow accumulated over the term of 
the loan when the defined total leverage ratio is below 4.5x, 
and becomes unlimited when the defined total leverage 
ratio is below 3.75x. The defined total leverage ratio was 
5.3x on December 29, 2018. NCIBs are subject to an annual 
limit of $10.0 million under the term loan facility.

On February 27, 2019, the Directors approved a quarterly 
dividend of CAD$0.145 per share on the Company’s common 
shares payable on March 15, 2019 to holders of record on 
March 7, 2019. These dividends are “eligible dividends” for 
Canadian income tax purposes. The Board is continuing to 
review the Company’s capital structure to determine the 
prudent use of capital and will provide an update when the 
Company reports its financial results for the first quarter of 
2019 in May.

Disclosure of Outstanding Share Data 

On February 27, 2019, 33,383,481 common shares and 1,624,681 options were outstanding. The options are exercisable on a 
one-for-one basis for common shares of the Company.

Cash Flow

(Amounts in $000s)

Cash flows provided by operations before 
 changes in non-cash working capital,  
 interest and income taxes refunded (paid)

  Interest paid

  Income taxes refunded (paid)

Cash flows provided by operations, including 
 interest and income taxes, and before 
 change in non-cash working capital balances

  Net change in non-cash working  
   capital balances

Net cash flows provided by (used in)  
 operating activities

Net cash flows provided by (used in)  
 financing activities

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Foreign exchange (decrease) increase on cash

Thirteen weeks ended

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

Change

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

Change

$ 

7,922

$ 

10,777

$ 

(2,855)

$ 

64,647

$ 

51,331

$ 

13,316

(5,229)

3,736

(4,549)

(202)

(680)

3,938

(19,917)

7,762

(14,745)

(9,166)

(5,172)

16,928

6,429

6,026

403

52,492

27,420

25,072

3,535

(29,339)

32,874

4,441

(48,909)

53,350

9,964

(23,313)

33,277

56,933

(21,489)

78,422

1,826

(3,541)

(1,068)

32,995

(6,021)

(1,250)

(31,169)

2,480

182

(36,942)

(13,842)

(1,319)

106,329

(143,271)

(101,068)

2,714

87,226

(4,033)

Net change in cash during the period

$ 

7,181

$ 

2,411

$ 

4,770

$ 

4,830

$ 

(13,514)

$ 

18,344

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities 
increased by $33.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2018 
to an inflow of $10.0 million compared to an outflow of 
$23.3 million in 2017 reflecting the following:

•  Cash flows from operating activities, including interest and 
income taxes, and before the change in non-cash working 
capital balances, increased $0.4 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2018 to an inflow of $6.4 million compared to an 
inflow of $6.0 million in 2017. This increase reflects income 
tax refunds received, partially offset by less favourable cash 
flows from operations and higher interest payments.

•  Cash flows from changes in net non-cash working capital 
increased by $32.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2018 
to an inflow of $3.6 million compared to an outflow of 
$29.3 million in 2017. This increase primarily reflects more 
favourable changes in inventories, provisions and accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by a less 
favourable change in accounts receivable, during the fourth 
quarter of 2018 compared to 2017.

MD&A32  HIGH LINER FOODS

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities 
increased by $78.4 million in 2018 to an inflow of 
$56.9 million compared to an outflow of $21.5 million in 
2017, reflecting the following:

in 2017. This increase primarily reflects more favourable 
changes in inventories and accounts receivable, partially 
offset by a less favourable change in accounts payable and 
accrued liabilities during 2018 compared to 2017.

•  Cash flows from operating activities, including interest 
and income taxes, and before the change in non-cash 
working capital balances, increased by $25.1 million in 
2018 to an inflow of $52.5 million compared to an inflow of 
$27.4 million in 2017. This increase reflects more favourable 
cash flows from operations and income tax refunds 
received, partially offset by higher interest payments.

•  Cash flows from changes in net non-cash working 

capital increased by $53.3 million in 2018 to an inflow 
of $4.4 million compared to an outflow of $48.9 million 

Standardized Free Cash Flow (see the Non-IFRS Financial 
Measures section on page 37 for further explanation of 
Standardized Free Cash Flow) for the rolling twelve months 
ended December 29, 2018 increased by $91.0 million to an 
inflow of $43.0 million compared to an outflow of $48.0 
million for the twelve months ended December 30, 2017. This 
increase reflects higher cash flows from operating activities, 
including interest and income taxes, a more favourable change 
in working capital and lower capital expenditures during 
the twelve months ended December 29, 2018 as compared 
to the twelve months ended December 30, 2017.

Net Non-Cash Working Capital

(Amounts in $000s)

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Provisions

Net non-cash working capital

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

Change

$ 

84,873

$ 

92,395

$ 

(7,522)

301,411

4,333

353,433

3,462

(161,934)

(209,910)

(1,460)

(278)

(52,022)

871

47,976

(1,182)

$ 

227,223

$ 

239,102

$ 

(11,879)

Net non-cash working capital consists of accounts receivable, 
inventories and prepaid expenses, less accounts payable and 
accrued liabilities, and provisions. Net non-cash working capital 
decreased by $11.9 million to $227.2 million at the end of 
December 29, 2018 as compared to $239.1 million at the end 
of December 30, 2017, primarily reflecting lower inventories 
and accounts receivable, partially offset by lower accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities, reflecting improved inventory 
management due to the timing of working capital requirements.

Our working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, 
usually peaking between December and March as our 
inventory is the highest at that time. Going forward, we expect 
the trend of inventory peaking between December and March 
to continue, and believe we have enough availability on our 
working capital credit facility to finance our working capital 
requirements throughout 2019.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures (including finance leases and computer 
software) were $3.7 million and $14.6 million during the 
fourth quarter and fifty-two weeks ended 2018 respectively, 
as compared to capital expenditures of $6.5 million and 
$27.8 million during the fourth quarter and fifty-two weeks 

ended 2017, respectively, due to non-reoccurring 2017 
projects that were primarily related to improvements in 
manufacturing facilities and leasehold improvements, and the 
timing of capital expenditures related to improvements in the 
Company’s enterprise-wide business management system, 
which was completed in May 2018.

Excluding strategic initiatives that may arise, management 
expects that capital expenditures in 2019 will be 
approximately $10.0 million and funded by cash generated 
from operations and short-term borrowings.

Other Liquidity Items

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AWARDS
Share-based compensation expense of $1.2 million was 
recorded in 2018 compared to $0.8 million in 2017, based 
on: the change in the Company’s share price for outstanding 
awards accounted for as a liability, expense over the vesting 
period for outstanding awards accounted for as equity-
settled transactions, and the issuance of options during 
the year valued using a Black-Scholes model. Share-based 
compensation expense is non-cash until unit holders 
exercise the awards, and was higher in 2018 compared to 
2017 primarily due to the issuance of options and cash-

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  33

settled awards during the year resulting in a higher share-
based compensation expense, partially offset by the lower 
share price during 2018, which impacts the fair value of the 
outstanding awards accounted for as a liability.

During 2018, holders exercised Performance Share Units 
(“PSUs”) and Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) and received 
cash in the amount of $0.2 million (2017: $0.5 million). The 
liability for share-based compensation awards at the end of 
Fiscal 2018 was $1.7 million compared to $1.8 million at the 
end of Fiscal 2017.

Any options exercised in shares are cash positive or cash 
neutral if the holder elects to use the cashless exercise 
method under the plan. Cash received from options exercised 
for shares during 2018 was $nil (2017: $0.1 million).

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS
The Company’s defined benefit pension plans can impact the 
Company’s cash flow requirements and affect its liquidity. 
In 2018, the defined benefit pension expense for accounting 
purposes was $1.3 million (2017: $1.3 million) and the 
annual cash contributions were $0.1 million lower than the 
2018 accounting expense (2017: $0.2 million lower). For 
2019, we expect cash contributions to be approximately 
CAD$2.1 million and the defined benefit pension expense 
to be approximately CAD$1.6 million. We have more than 
adequate availability under our working capital credit facility 
to make the required future cash contributions for our defined 
benefit pension plans. As well, we have a SERP liability for 
accounting purposes of $5.9 million that is secured by a letter 
of credit in the amount of $8.5 million.

Contractual Obligations

Contractual obligations relating to our long-term debt, finance lease obligations, operating leases, purchase obligations and 
other long-term liabilities as at December 29, 2018 were as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

Long-term debt

Finance lease obligations

Other current and long-term liabilities

Operating leases

Purchase obligations

Total contractual obligations

Total

Less than  
1 year

1–5 Years

Thereafter

Payments due by period

$ 

337,926

$ 

13,655

$ 

324,271

$ 

779

1,738

20,186

89,995

372

245

5,537

84,832

407

1,493

12,205

5,163

—

—

—

2,444

—

$ 

450,624

$ 

104,641

$ 

343,539

$ 

2,444

Purchase obligations are for the purchase of seafood and 
other non-seafood inputs, including flour, paper products and 
frying oils. See the Procurement risk section on page 44 and 
the Foreign Currency section on page 49 of this MD&A for 
further details.

Financial Instruments and Risk Management 

The Company has exposure to the following risks as a result 
of its use of financial instruments: foreign currency risk, 
interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company 
enters into interest rate swaps, foreign currency contracts, 
and insurance contracts to manage these risks that arise 
from the Company’s operations and its sources of financing, 
in accordance with a written policy that is reviewed and 
approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. 
The policy prohibits the use of derivative financial instruments 
for trading or speculative purposes.

Readers are directed to Note 25 “Fair value measurement” 
of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a complete 
description of the Company’s use of derivative financial 

instruments and their impact on the financial results, and to 
Note 27 “Financial risk management objectives and policies” of 
the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion 
of the Company’s financial risks and policies.

Related Party Transactions 
The Company’s business is carried on through the Parent 
company, High Liner Foods Incorporated, and wholly-owned 
operating subsidiaries, Sjovik, h.f. and High Liner Foods (USA) 
Incorporated. Sjovik, h.f. has a subsidiary in Thailand. High 
Liner Foods (USA) Incorporated’s wholly owned subsidiaries 
include: ISF (USA), LLC; and Rubicon Resources, LLC. These 
companies purchase and/or sell inventory between them, and 
do so in the normal course of operations. The companies lend 
and borrow money between them, and periodically, capital 
assets are transferred between companies. High Liner Foods 
Incorporated buys the seafood for all of the subsidiaries, and 
also provides management, procurement and IT services to 
the subsidiaries. On consolidation, revenue, costs, gains or 
losses, and all inter-company balances are eliminated.

MD&A34  HIGH LINER FOODS

In addition to transactions between the Parent and 
subsidiaries, High Liner Foods may enter into certain 
transactions and agreements in the normal course of business 
with certain other related parties (see Note 23 “Related 
party disclosures” to the Consolidated Financial Statements). 
Transactions with these parties are measured at the exchange 
amount, which is the amount of consideration established and 
agreed to by the related parties.

As a result of the Rubicon acquisition during Fiscal 2017, 
the Company has right of first refusal on certain commodity 
seafood sales from a company controlled by Brian Wynn, who 
is part of the Company’s management. Total purchases from 
related parties for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 
2018 were $nil (fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: 
$1.7 million), and as at December 29, 2018, there was 
$nil (December 30, 2017: $nil) due to the related parties. 
Total sales to related parties for the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018 were $0.9 million (fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017: $0.2 million), and as at December 29, 
2018 there was $0.5 million (December 30, 2017: 
$0.2 million) due from the related parties. The Company 
leases an office building from a related party at an amount 
which approximates the fair market value that would be 
incurred if leased from a third party. The aggregate payments 
under the lease, which are measured at the exchange amount, 
totaled approximately $0.7 million during the fifty-two 
weeks ended December 29, 2018 (fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017: $0.6 million).

Events After the Reporting Period
As described in the Recent Developments section on page 15 of 
this MD&A, subsequent to December 29, 2018, the Company 
recovered an additional $8.5 million associated with the 
product recall from the ingredient supplier, for a total recovery 
of $17.0 million. This additional recovery will be recognized 
during the first quarter of 2019, reflecting the period in which 
the recovery became virtually certain, in accordance with 
IFRS. No further recoveries are expected.

As a result, the Company has fully recovered the $13.5 million 
in losses recognized during the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017 related to consumer refunds, customer 
fines, the return of product to be re-worked or destroyed, and 
direct incremental costs, and an additional $3.5 million related 
to lost sales opportunities and increased production costs.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures 
The Company uses the following non-IFRS financial measures 
in this MD&A to explain the following financial results: 
Adjusted Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and 
Amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”); Adjusted Earnings before 
Interest and Taxes (“Adjusted EBIT”); Adjusted Net Income; 
Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share (“Adjusted Diluted 
EPS”); CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS; Standardized 
Free Cash Flow; Net Interest-Bearing Debt; Return on Assets 
Managed; and Return on Equity.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA follows the October 2008 “General 
Principles and Guidance for Reporting EBITDA and Free Cash 
Flow” issued by the Chartered Professional Accountants 
of Canada (“CPA Canada”) and is earnings before interest, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding: business 
acquisition, integration and other expenses including those 
related to the cessation of plant operations; gains or losses 
on disposal of assets; termination benefits; and share-based 
compensation expense. The related margin is defined as 
Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales (“Adjusted EBITDA 
as a percentage of sales”), where net sales is defined as 
“Revenues” on the consolidated statements of income.

We use Adjusted EBITDA (and Adjusted EBITDA as a 
percentage of sales) as a performance measure as it 
approximates cash generated from operations before capital 
expenditures and changes in working capital, and it excludes 
the impact of expenses associated with business acquisition, 
integration activities, certain non-routine costs and share-
based compensation expense related to the Company’s share 
price. We believe investors and analysts also use Adjusted 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales to 
evaluate performance of our business. The most directly 
comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted EBTIDA is “Results 
from operating activities” on the consolidated statements 
of income. Adjusted EBITDA is also useful when comparing 
companies, as it eliminates the differences in earnings that are 
due to how a company is financed. Also, for the purpose of 
certain covenants on our credit facilities, “EBITDA” is based on 
Adjusted EBITDA, with further adjustments as defined in the 
Company’s credit agreements.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  35

The following table reconciles our Adjusted EBITDA with measures that are found in our Consolidated Financial Statements, 
including the operating segment information disclosed in Note 24 “Operating segment information”.

(Amounts in $000s)

Net income (loss)

Add back (deduct):

Depreciation and amortization  
 expense

Financing costs

Income tax recovery

Standardized EBITDA

Add back (deduct):

Business acquisition, integration 
 and other expenses(1)

Impairment of property, plant and  
 equipment

Loss on disposal of assets

Direct costs and returned destroyed 
 product(2)

Share-based compensation expense 
 (recovery)

Thirteen weeks ended  
December 29, 2018

Thirteen weeks ended  
December 30, 2017

Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

 Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

$ 

3,908

$ 

5,359

$  (10,077)

$ 

(810)

$ 

2,883

$ 

6,173

$ 

5,171

$  14,227

512

—

—

3,340

—

—

612

5,788

4,464

5,788

(1,705) 

(1,705)

512

—

—

3,561

—

—

345

4,841

4,418

4,841

(13,492) 

(13,492)

4,420

8,699

(5,382)

7,737

3,395

9,734

(3,135)

9,994

—

238

42

—

—

—

61

65

—

—

3,631

3,631

—

5

—

189

299

112

—

189

—

—

—

81

—

—

—

54

991

—

523

991

—

577

1,443

—

1,524

—

(26)

(26)

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 

4,700

$ 

8,825

$ 

(1,557)

$  11,968

$ 

3,476

$  11,231

$ 

(1,647)

$  13,060

(Amounts in $000s)

Net income (loss)

Add back (deduct):

Depreciation and amortization  
 expense

Financing costs

Income tax expense (recovery) 

Standardized EBITDA

Add back (deduct):

Fifty-two weeks ended  
December 29, 2018

Fifty-two weeks ended  
December 30, 2017

Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

 Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

$  13,681

$  35,822

$  (32,727)

$  16,776

$ 

8,853

$  34,997

$  (12,197)

$  31,653

2,094

13,602

—

—

—

—

2,075

21,603

6,090

15,775

49,424

(2,959)

17,771

21,603

6,090

62,240

1,961

13,120

—

—

—

—

1,230

16,626

16,311

16,626

(14,115)

(14,115)

10,814

48,117

(8,456)

50,475

Business acquisition, integration and  
 other (income) expenses(1)

Impairment of property, plant  
 and equipment

—

—

(2,471)

(2,471)

238

1,033

31

1,302

Loss (gain) on disposal of  
 assets

Direct costs and returned  
 destroyed product(2)

Share-based compensation 
 expense

26

—

—

147

—

—

—

—

56

—

—

168

2,639

2,639

—

510

—

734

166

(7)

—

—

2,787

8,706

—

11,493

Adjusted EBITDA

$  16,039

$  50,604

$ 

(4,169)

$  62,474

$  13,657

$  56,991

$ 

(4,536)

$  66,112

(1)  See the Business Acquisition, Integration and Other (Income) Expense section on page 27.

(2)  Associated with the product recall (see the Recent Developments section on page 15).

1,237

1,237

—

—

771

771

MD&A36  HIGH LINER FOODS

Adjusted EBIT

Adjusted EBIT is Adjusted EBITDA less depreciation and amortization expense. Corporate incentives and management analysis 
of the business are based on Adjusted EBIT. The following tables reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted EBIT.

(Amounts in $000s)

Adjusted EBITDA

Less:

Depreciation and amortization 
 expense

Thirteen weeks ended  
December 29, 2018

Thirteen weeks ended  
December 30, 2017

Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

 Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

$ 

4,700

$ 

8,825

$ 

(1,557)

$  11,968

$ 

3,476

$  11,231

$ 

(1,647)

$  13,060

512

3,340

612

4,464

512

3,561

345

4,418

Adjusted EBIT

$ 

4,188

$ 

5,485

$ 

(2,169)

$ 

7,504

$ 

2,964

$ 

7,670

$ 

(1,992)

$ 

8,642

(Amounts in $000s)

Adjusted EBITDA

Less:

Depreciation and amortization  
 expense

Fifty-two weeks ended  
December 29, 2018

Fifty-two weeks ended  
December 30, 2017

Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

 Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

$  16,039

$  50,604

$ 

(4,169)

$  62,474

$  13,657

$  56,991

$ 

(4,536)

$  66,112

2,094

13,602

2,075

17,771

1,961

13,120

1,230

16,311

Adjusted EBIT

$  13,945

$  37,002

$ 

(6,244)

$  44,703

$  11,696

$  43,871

$ 

(5,766)

$  49,801

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted EPS

Adjusted Net Income is net income excluding the after-tax 
impact of: business acquisition, integration and certain other 
non-routine costs; the non-cash expense or income related to 
marking-to-market an interest rate swap not designated for 
hedge accounting; termination benefits; the U.S. Tax Reform 
and share-based compensation expense. Adjusted Diluted 
EPS is Adjusted Net Income divided by the average diluted 
number of shares outstanding.

We use Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted EPS to 
assess the performance of our business without the effects of 
the aforementioned items, and we believe our investors and 
analysts also use these measures. We exclude these items 
because they affect the comparability of our financial results 
and could potentially distort the analysis of trends in business 
performance. The most comparable IFRS financial measures 
are net income and EPS.

The table below reconciles our Adjusted Net Income with measures that are found in our Consolidated Financial Statements:

Net income

Add back (deduct):

Business acquisition, integration and other (income) expenses(1)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Direct costs and returned destroyed product(2)

Share-based compensation expense (recovery)

U.S. Tax Reform(3)

Tax impact of reconciling items

Adjusted Net Income

Average shares for the period (000s)

Thirteen weeks ended 
December 29, 2018

Thirteen weeks ended 
December 30, 2017

$000s

Diluted EPS

$000s

Diluted EPS

$ 

(810)

$ 

(0.02)

$ 

14,227

$ 

0.43

3,631

299

—

189

—

0.10

0.01

—

0.01

—

(1,140)

(0.03)

991

—

1,524

(26)

(11,186)

(681)

$ 

2,169

$ 

0.07

$ 

4,849

$ 

33,675

0.03

—

0.05

—

(0.34)

(0.02)

0.15

33,423

MD&ANet income

Add back (deduct):

Business acquisition, integration and other (income) expenses(1)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Direct costs and returned destroyed product(2)

Share-based compensation expense

U.S. Tax Reform(3)

Tax impact of reconciling items

Adjusted Net Income

Average shares for the period (000s)

Annual Report 2018  37

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017

$000s

Diluted EPS

$000s

Diluted EPS

$ 

16,776

$ 

0.50

$ 

31,653

$ 

0.97

(2,471)

1,302

—

1,237

—

205

$ 

17,049

$ 

2,639

—

11,493

770

(11,186)

(5,227)

$ 

30,142

$ 

(0.07)

0.04

—

0.03

—

0.01

0.51

33,619

0.08

—

0.35

0.03

(0.34)

(0.16)

0.93

32,527

(1)  See the Business Acquisition, Integration and Other (Income) Expense section on page 27 for further details.

(2)  Associated with the product recall (see the Recent Developments section on page 15).

(3)  Associated with the U.S. Tax Reform enacted on December 22, 2017 (see the Income Taxes section on page 28).

CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS

CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS is Adjusted Diluted 
EPS, as defined above, converted to CAD using the average 
USD/CAD exchange rate for the period. High Liner Foods’ 
common shares trade on the TSX and are quoted in CAD. 
The CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS is provided for 
the purpose of calculating financial ratios, like share price-to-

earnings ratio, where investors should take into consideration 
that the Company’s share price and dividend rate are reported 
in CAD and its earnings and financial position are reported 
in USD. This measure is included for illustrative purposes 
only, and would not equal the Adjusted Diluted EPS in CAD 
that would result if the Company’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements were presented in CAD.

Adjusted Diluted EPS

Average foreign exchange rate for the period

CAD-Equivalent Adjusted Diluted EPS

Standardized Free Cash Flow

Standardized Free Cash Flow follows the October 2008 
“General Principles and Guidance for Reporting EBITDA 
and Free Cash Flow” issued by CPA Canada and is cash 
flow from operating activities less capital expenditures (net 
of investment tax credits) as reported in the consolidated 
statements of cash flows. The capital expenditures related 
to business acquisitions are not deducted from Standardized 
Free Cash Flow.

Thirteen weeks ended

Fifty-two weeks ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

0.07

1.3197

0.09

$ 

$ 

0.15

1.2715

0.19

$ 

$ 

0.51

1.2956

0.66

$ 

$ 

0.93

1.2983

1.21

We believe Standardized Free Cash Flow is an important 
indicator of financial strength and performance of our 
business because it shows how much cash is available to 
pay dividends, repay debt and reinvest in the Company. 
We believe investors and analysts use Standardized Free 
Cash Flow to value our business and its underlying assets. 
The most comparable IFRS financial measure is “cash flows 
from operating activities” in the consolidated statements of 
cash flows.

MD&A38  HIGH LINER FOODS

The table below reconciles our Standardized Free Cash Flow calculated on a rolling twelve-month basis, with measures that are 
in accordance with IFRS and as reported in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

(Amounts in $000s)

Net change in non-cash working capital items

Cash flow from operating activities, including interest and income taxes

Cash flow from operating activities

Less: total capital expenditures, net of investment tax credits

Standardized Free Cash Flow

Twelve months ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

4,441

$ 

(48,909)

$ 

52,492

56,933

(13,961)

27,420

(21,489)

(26,488)

$ 

42,972

$ 

(47,977)

$ 

 Change

53,350

25,072

78,422

12,527

90,949

Net Interest-Bearing Debt

Return on Assets Managed

Net Interest-Bearing Debt is calculated as the sum of bank 
loans, long-term debt and finance lease obligations, less cash.

We consider Net Interest-Bearing Debt to be an important 
indicator of our Company’s financial leverage because it 
represents the amount of debt that is not covered by available 
cash. We believe investors and analysts use Net Interest-
Bearing Debt to determine the Company’s financial leverage. 
Net Interest-Bearing Debt has no comparable IFRS financial 
measure, but rather is calculated using several asset and liability 
items in the consolidated statements of financial position.

The following table reconciles Net Interest-Bearing Debt to 
IFRS measures reported as at the end of the indicated periods.

(Amounts in $000s)

Current bank loans

Add-back: deferred finance costs  
 on current bank loans

Total current bank loans

Long-term debt

Current portion of long-term debt

Add-back: deferred finance costs  
 on long-term debt

Total term loan debt

Long-term portion of finance lease 
 obligations

Current portion of finance lease  
 obligations

Total finance lease obligation

Less: cash

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

31,152

$ 

53,352

353

31,505

322,674

13,655

1,597

337,926

407

372

779

(9,568)

208

53,560

335,441

—

2,485

337,926

407

714

1,121

(4,738)

Net interest-bearing debt

$ 

360,642

$ 

387,869

ROAM is Adjusted EBIT divided by average assets managed 
(calculated using the average net assets month-end 
balance for each of the preceding thirteen months, where 
“net assets managed” includes all assets, except for future 
employee benefits, deferred income taxes and other certain 
financial assets, less accounts payable and accrued liabilities, 
and provisions).

We believe investors and analysts use ROAM as an indicator 
of how efficiently the Company is using its assets to generate 
earnings. ROAM has no comparable IFRS financial measure, 
but rather is calculated using several asset items in the 
consolidated statements of financial position.

The table below reconciles our average net assets, calculated 
on a rolling thirteen-month basis, with Adjusted EBIT (which 
is reconciled to IFRS measures on page 36 of this MD&A).

(Amounts in $000s)

Adjusted EBIT

Thirteen-month rolling average  
 net assets

ROAM

Return on Equity

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

44,703

$ 

 49,801

676,343

610,891

6.6%

8.2%

ROE is calculated as Adjusted Net Income, less share-based 
compensation expense, divided by average common equity 
(calculated using the common equity month-end balance 
for each of the preceding thirteen months, comprised of 
common shares, contributed surplus, retained earnings, and 
accumulated other comprehensive income).

We believe investors and analysts use ROE as an indicator of 
how efficiently the Company is managing the equity provided 
by shareholders. ROE has no comparable IFRS financial 
measure, but rather is calculated using average equity from 
the consolidated statements of financial position.

MD&AThe table below reconciles our average common equity 
calculated on a rolling thirteen-month basis, with Adjusted 
Net Income (which is reconciled to IFRS measures on page 36 
of this MD&A).

(Amounts in $000s)

Adjusted Net Income

Less: Share-based compensation  
 expense, net of tax(1)

Thirteen-month rolling average  
 common equity

ROE

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

 17,049

$ 

 30,142

1,176

15,873

658

29,484

272,952

244,012

5.8%

12.1%

(1)  Net of tax expense of $0.1 million during the fifty-two weeks ended 

December 29, 2018 and net of tax expense of $0.1 million during the fifty-two 
weeks ended December 30, 2017

Governance 
Our 2018 Management Information Circular, to be filed in 
connection with our Annual General Meeting of Shareholders 
on May 14, 2019, includes full details of our governance 
structures and processes.

We maintain a set of disclosure controls and procedures 
(“DC&P”) designed to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed in filings made pursuant to National Instrument  
52-109, Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim 
Filings, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported 
within the time periods specified in the Canadian Securities 
Administrators’ rules and forms.

For the first two quarters of 2018, in accordance with National 
Instrument 52-109, our certifying officers had limited the 
scope of their DC&P, and the Company’s Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting (“ICFR”) to exclude controls, policies 
and procedures relating to Rubicon Resources, LLC which 
was acquired on May 30, 2017, as they had not performed 
sufficient procedures to include it in the Company’s 
certifications. National Instrument 52-109 permits a business 
that an issuer acquires not more than 365 days before the 
issuer’s financial year-end be excluded from the scope of the 
certifications to allow it sufficient time to perform adequate 
procedures to ensure controls, policies and procedures are 
effective. Rubicon Resources, LLC was integrated with High 
Liner Foods as of June 30, 2018, and the scope limitation was 
removed for the Fiscal 2018 year-end certificates.

Annual Report 2018  39

In May 2018, the Company upgraded its ERP system which has 
resulted in changes to the Company’s ICFR. The Company has 
made appropriate changes to internal controls and procedures, 
as is expected with a system upgrade, and has evaluated 
the design and effectiveness of these controls as part of the 
financial compliance program as of December 29, 2018.

Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial 
Officer (“CFO”) have evaluated the design and effectiveness 
of our DC&P as of December 29, 2018. They have 
concluded that our current DC&P are designed to provide, 
and do operate to provide, reasonable assurance that: (a) 
information required to be disclosed by the Company in its 
annual filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under 
applicable securities legislation is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported within the prescribed time 
periods; and (b) material information regarding the Company 
is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s 
management, including its CEO and CFO to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.

In addition, our CEO and CFO have designed or caused to be 
designed under their supervision, ICFR, to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes. 
Furthermore, our CEO and CFO have evaluated, or caused to 
be evaluated under their supervision, the effectiveness of the 
design and operation of ICFR at the fiscal year-end and have 
concluded that our current ICFR was effective at the fiscal 
year-end based on that evaluation.

There has been no change in the Company’s ICFR during 
2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the Company’s ICFR, except as noted above.

Accounting Estimates and Standards 

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements requires management to make critical judgments, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and 
the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the reporting date. 
On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its judgments, 
estimates and assumptions using historical experience and 
various other factors it believes to be reasonable under the 
given circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from these 
estimates under different assumptions and conditions that 
could require a material adjustment to the reported carrying 
amounts in the future.

MD&A40  HIGH LINER FOODS

The most significant estimates made by management include 
the following:

IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
The Company’s estimate of the recoverable amount for the 
purpose of impairment testing requires management to make 
assumptions regarding future cash flows before taxes. Future 
cash flows are estimated based on multi-year extrapolation 
of the most recent historical actual results and/or budgets, 
and a terminal value calculated by discounting the final year 
in perpetuity. The future cash flows are then discounted to 
their present value using an appropriate discount rate that 
incorporates a risk premium specific to each business. Further 
details, including the manner in which the Company identifies 
its CGUs, and the key assumptions used in determining the 
recoverable amounts, are disclosed in Note 10 “Goodwill and 
intangible assets” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

FUTURE EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The cost of the defined benefit pension plan and other 
post-employment benefits and the present value of the 
defined benefit obligation are determined using actuarial 
valuations. An actuarial valuation involves making various 
assumptions, including the discount rate, future salary 
increases, mortality rates and future pension increases. In 
determining the appropriate discount rate, management 
considers the interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds 
that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits 
will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating 
the terms of the related pension liability. Interest income on 
plan assets is a component of the return on plan assets and is 
determined by multiplying the fair value of the plan assets by 
the discount rate. See Note 15 “Future employee benefits” to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for certain assumptions 
made with respect to future employee benefits.

INCOME TAXES
The Company is subject to income tax in various jurisdictions. 
Significant judgment is required to determine the consolidated 
tax provision. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute 
income tax are those that are enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date in the countries where the 
Company operates and generates taxable income.

There are transactions and calculations during the ordinary 
course of business for which the ultimate tax determination 
is uncertain. The Company maintains provisions for uncertain 
tax positions that are believed to appropriately reflect the 
risk with respect to tax matters under active discussion, 
audit, dispute or appeal with tax authorities, or which are 
otherwise considered to involve uncertainty. These provisions 
for uncertain tax positions are made using the best estimate 
of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative 

assessment of all relevant factors. The Company reviews the 
adequacy of these provisions at each reporting date; however, 
it is possible that at some future date, an additional liability 
could result from audits by taxing authorities. Where the final 
tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts 
that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax 
provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Where the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position 
cannot be derived from active markets, their fair value 
is determined using valuation techniques including the 
discounted cash flow model. The inputs to these models are 
taken from observable markets where possible, but where 
this is not feasible, a degree of estimation is required in 
establishing fair values. The estimates include considerations 
of inputs such as liquidity risk, credit risk and volatility. 
Changes in these inputs could affect the reported fair value of 
financial instruments. 

SALES AND MARKETING ACCRUALS
The Company estimates variable consideration to determine 
the costs associated with the sale of product to be allocated 
to certain variable sales and marketing expenses, including 
volume rebates and other sales volume discounts, coupon 
redemption costs, costs incurred related to damages and 
other trade marketing programs. The Company’s estimates 
include consideration of historical data and trends, combined 
with future expectations of sales volume, with estimates 
being reviewed on a frequent basis for reasonability.

Accounting Standards

High Liner Foods reports its financial results using IFRS. Our 
detailed accounting policies are included in the Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

As disclosed in Note 3 “Significant accounting policies” to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended 
December 29, 2018, we adopted the following new standards 
and amendments that were effective for annual periods 
beginning on January 1, 2018 and that the Company has 
adopted on December 31, 2017:

IFRS 2, Share-based Payment
In June 2016, the IASB issued final amendments to IFRS 2, 
Share-based Payment, clarifying how to account for certain 
types of share-based payment transactions. The amendments, 
which were developed through the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee, provide requirements on the accounting for: 
(i) the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on 
the measurement of cash-settled share-based payments; 

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  41

(ii) share-based payment transactions with a net settlement 
feature for withholding tax obligations; and (iii) a modification 
to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that 
changes the classification of the transaction from cash-settled 
to equity-settled. The Company has adopted the amendments 
to IFRS 2; however they did not have a material impact on the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement
In 2015, the IASB issued the final version of the amendments 
to IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, issued in 2010, which replaced 
IAS 39. The replacement of IAS 39 is a three-phase project 
with the objective of improving and simplifying the reporting 
for financial instruments. The issuance of IFRS 9 provides 
guidance on the classification and measurement of financial 
assets and financial liabilities, and a new hedge accounting 
model with corresponding disclosures about risk management 
activity. With the exception of hedge accounting, which the 
Company applied prospectively, the Company has applied 
IFRS 9 retrospectively, with the initial application date of 
December 31, 2017. The Company performed a detailed 
impact assessment of all three aspects of IFRS 9; however, as 
discussed below, they did not have a material impact on the 
Consolidated Financial Statements and no adjustments to the 
comparative information for the period beginning January 1, 
2017 were required.

•  The Company did not identify any changes to the 

classification and measurement of the existing financial 
instruments upon applying IFRS 9, other than a change 
in the classification of cash and accounts receivable from 
loans and receivables to financial assets at amortized 
cost, which had no impact on measurement of these 
financial instruments. 

•  The adoption of IFRS 9 has fundamentally changed the 

Company’s accounting for impairment losses for financial 
assets by replacing IAS 39’s incurred loss approach with 
a forward-looking expected credit loss (“ECL”) approach. 
IFRS 9 requires the Company to record ECL on the entire 
accounts receivable balance. The Company has applied the 
simplified approach and has calculated the lifetime ECLs 
based on an established provision matrix that considers the 
Company’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for 
forward-looking factors specific to the Company’s customers 
and the economic environment. The adoption of the ECL 
requirements of IFRS 9 had an immaterial impact on the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (see Note 7 “Accounts 
receivable” to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

•  The Company has concluded that all existing hedge 

relationships that are currently designated in effective 
hedging relationships will continue to qualify for hedge 
accounting under IFRS 9. As IFRS 9 does not change the 

general principles of how an entity accounts for effective 
hedges, applying the hedging requirements of IFRS 9 
does not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers, which replaces IAS 18, Revenue, 
IAS 11, Construction Contracts and various revenue-related 
interpretations. IFRS 15 establishes a new control-based 
revenue recognition model where revenue is recognized at 
an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity 
expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods 
or services to a customer. The standard is applicable to all 
contracts the Company has with customers. The Company 
has elected to adopt the standard using the full retrospective 
method and applied the completed contract practical 
expedients, which allows the Company to exclude completed 
contracts that began and ended in the same annual reporting 
period and those contracts that were complete at the 
beginning of the earliest period presented. For completed 
contracts with variable consideration, the Company applied 
the practical expedient and has used the transaction price 
at the date when the contract was completed rather than 
estimating the variable consideration amounts in the 
comparative reporting periods because the Company has 
concluded that the difference was immaterial. 

The Company has applied the new standard and did not 
identify any material impacts on the consolidated statements 
of financial position or income upon initial application. 
Specifically, the adoption of IFRS 15 did not result in any 
material refinements to the current estimation methodologies 
or the timing of the recognition of estimates in relation to the 
Company’s trade marketing programs. However, the following 
two presentation differences on the consolidated statements 
of income have been identified: 

•  The Company receives donated product at no cost from the 
United States Department of Agriculture for the purpose of 
processing the product for distribution to eligible recipient 
agencies. IFRS 15 requires the Company to include the 
fair value of the donated product in the transaction price 
recognized on the sale of the finished products. This will 
increase both the revenue recorded upon distribution 
to the eligible agencies and the related cost of sales (by 
an equivalent amount), as compared to the Company’s 
historical accounting treatment.

•  The Company identified payments made to a customer that 
were accounted for as a reduction of revenue under IFRS 15. 
This decreased revenue and the related cost of sales by 
an equivalent amount, as compared to the Company’s 
historical accounting treatment.

MD&Athis method. The Company has reached conclusions on key 
accounting policies upon transition to IFRS 16. The Company 
will finalize the impact of the new standard and disclosures on 
the consolidated financial statements during the first quarter 
of Fiscal 2019. 

IAS 19, Employee Benefits
In February 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19, 
Employee Benefits (“IAS 19”), which addresses the accounting 
when a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement occurs 
during the reporting period. The current service cost and 
net interest for the remainder of the period after the plan 
amendment, curtailment or settlement should reflect the 
updated actuarial assumptions after such an event. The 
amendments apply to plan amendments, curtailments, or 
settlements that occur on or after January 1, 2019, with early 
adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating 
the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial 
statements. 

IFRIC Interpretation 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment 
The IFRS Interpretation Committee issued an Interpretation 
to address the accounting for income taxes when treatments 
involve uncertainty that affects the application of IAS 12, 
Income Taxes (“IAS 12”) and does not apply to taxes or levies 
outside the scope of IAS 12, nor does it specifically include 
requirements relating to interest and penalties associated 
with uncertain tax treatments. The Interpretation specifically 
addresses the following: 

•  Whether an entity considers uncertain tax treatments 

separately;

•  The assumptions an entity makes about the examination of 

tax treatments by taxation authorities;

•  How an entity determines taxable profit (tax loss), tax 
bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax 
rates; and

•  How an entity considers changes in facts and 

circumstances. 

42  HIGH LINER FOODS

If the Company did not elect to use the completed contract 
practical expedient, revenue and cost of sales in the 
comparative period would require adjustments, with no 
resulting impact on net income, as follows:

•  The Company would have recognized $4.7 million of 
incremental revenue and cost of sales on the sale of 
donated finished products for the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017.

•  The Company would have decreased revenue and cost 
of sales recorded by $0.6 million for the fifty-two weeks 
ended December 30, 2017 for identified payments made to 
a customer that would be accounted for as a reduction of 
revenue under IFRS 15. 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED 
BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE
In addition to the existing IFRS standards adopted by the 
Company, the International Accounting Standards Board and 
the IFRS Interpretations Committee have issued additional 
standards and interpretations with an effective date 
subsequent to Fiscal 2018. The Company intends to adopt 
these standards when they become effective.

IFRS 16, Leases
In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases, which replaces 
IAS 17, Leases, and its associated interpretive guidance. The new 
standard brings most leases on-balance sheet for lessees under 
a single model, eliminating the distinction between operating 
and finance leases. Lessor accounting, however, remains largely 
unchanged and the distinction between operating and finance 
leases is retained. The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early adoption 
permitted if entities have also applied IFRS 15, Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers.

The Company has substantially completed the assessment 
of IFRS 16 and the impact the new standard will have on the 
consolidated financial statements, which will be significant 
as the Company will recognize new assets and liabilities for 
most of the leases that are currently classified as operating 
leases. In addition, the nature and timing of expenses related 
to those leases will change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-
line operating lease expense with depreciation expense for 
right-of-use assets and an interest expense on the lease 
liabilities. The standard permits two methods of adoption: 
retrospectively to each reporting period presented (full 
retrospective method), or retrospective with the cumulative 
effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the 
date of initial application (modified retrospective method). 
The Company has decided to adopt the standard on 
December 30, 2018 using the modified retrospective method 
with certain practical expedients that are available under 

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  43

An entity has to determine whether to consider each uncertain 
tax treatment separately or together with one or more other 
uncertain tax treatments. The approach that better predicts 
the resolution of the uncertainty should be followed. The 
Interpretation is effective for annual reporting periods beginning 
on or after January 1, 2019, but certain transition reliefs are 
available. The Company will apply the interpretation from the 
effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact 
of the Interpretation on its consolidated financial statements. 

Risk Factors 
High Liner Foods is exposed to a number of risks in the normal 
course of business that have the potential to affect operating 
performance. The Company takes a strategic approach to risk 
management. To achieve a return on investment, we have 
designed an enterprise-wide approach, overseen by the senior 
management of the Company and reported to the Board, to 
identify, prioritize and manage risk effectively and consistently 
across the organization.

While risk management is part of the Company’s transactional, 
operational and strategic decisions, as well as the Company’s 
overall management approach, risk management does not 
guarantee that events or circumstances will not occur which 
could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s 
financial condition and performance.

Food Safety

At High Liner Foods, food safety is our top priority. Our brand 
equity and reputation are inextricably linked to the quality and 
safety of our food products. We must be vigilant in ensuring 
our products are safe and comply with all applicable laws 
and regulations. Customers expect consistently safe, quality 
products and their expectations are unwavering regardless of the 
commodity or complexity of the supply chain. Consumers are 
increasingly better informed about conscientious food choices.

High Liner processing plants have all the required State, 
Provincial and/or Federal licenses to operate. Additionally, 
all High Liner plants are certified to the Global Food Safety 
Initiatives (“GFSI”), Safe Quality Foods (“SQF”) and British 
Retail Consortium (“BRC”) standards, meaning our processing 
plants have passed a rigorous quality and food safety 
system audit that is internationally recognized and globally 
benchmarked. The GSFI certification enables High Liner to 
supply our wide range of products to some of the industry’s 
most discerning customers. This yearly certification process 
helps drive improvement across the organization, critical for 
maintaining customer and consumer confidence.

In Canada, all seafood-processing plants are required to 
adopt a Preventative Control Plan (“PCP”) under the recently 

implemented Safe Food for Canadians Act and Regulations. 
These requirements cover the regulatory and safety aspects 
of food processing and importing in Canada and have been 
developed by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (“CFIA”) 
based on global best practices. This plan must also include a 
Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (“HACCP”) Plan. High 
Liner Foods’ PCP and processing facilities are regularly inspected 
and audited by the CFIA and remain in good standing.

In the United States, High Liner’s plants produce product in 
accordance with standards set forth by the U.S. Food and 
Drug Administration’s (“FDA”) and the U.S. Department 
of Agriculture (“USDA”). The regulatory requirements for 
seafood processing (and importing) in the United States are 
very specific for fish and fishery products and all plants are 
required to operate with current seafood HACCP programs. 
Our plants are regularly inspected and audited by our 
regulatory partners in the U.S. and remain in good standing.

In addition, our suppliers’ plants outside of North America must 
demonstrate compliance for imported products in accordance 
with the guidelines set forth in the FDA seafood HACCP. All 
of the Company’s non-North American suppliers operate 
with HACCP approved plans and are required to adhere to 
newly strengthened FDA and Canadian CFIA importation 
requirements focusing on food safety and traceability. In 
addition, all purchases are subject to risk based quality 
review and inspection by the Company’s own trained quality 
inspectors. We have strict specifications for suppliers of both 
raw material and finished goods to ensure that procured goods 
are of the same quality and consistency as products processed 
in our own plants. High Liner Foods has offices in Qingdao, 
China; Bangkok, Thailand; and Reykjavik, Iceland and employs 
full-time procurement and food safety and quality experts to 
oversee procurement activities around the world. This oversight 
includes production monitoring and finished product inspection 
at the source before shipment to North America. We also 
maintain strict Supplier Approval and Audit Standards. Through 
audit procedures, all food suppliers are required to meet our 
quality control and safety standards, which, in many instances, 
are higher than regulatory standards. All product is inspected, 
to assure consumers that High Liner Foods quality is consistent, 
regardless of source or origin.

In order to maintain compliance with the various, and ever 
changing regulatory, industry and customer requirements 
and expectations, we employ a Food Safety and Quality 
Assurance team comprised of highly qualified, trained and 
experienced personnel including food scientists, quality 
technicians, quality and food safety auditors, and labelling and 
nutritional professionals. High Liner has retained independent 
auditors to add an additional level of scrutiny to our food 
safety programs. High Liner Foods has robust audit policies 

MD&A44  HIGH LINER FOODS

and processes that are consistently applied throughout the 
Company, audit processes are implemented and all personnel 
are adequately trained. Quality and food safety activities also 
include state-of-the-art product specification and traceability 
systems. We are continuously evaluating and updating our 
internal operating standards to keep pace with the industry 
expectations and to support improved performance and 
greater success.

Product Recall

The Company is subject to risks that affect the food 
industry in general, including risks posed by food spoilage, 
accidental contamination, product tampering, consumer 
product liability, and the potential costs and disruptions of 
a product recall. The Company actively manages these risks 
by maintaining strict and rigorous controls and processes 
in its manufacturing facilities and distribution systems and 
by maintaining prudent levels of insurance. However, the 
Company cannot assure that such systems, even when 
working effectively, will eliminate the risks related to food 
safety. The Company could be required to recall certain of its 
products in the event of contamination or adverse test results 
or as precautionary measures. There is also a risk that not all 
of the product subject to the recall will be properly identified, 
or that the recall will not be successful or not be enacted in 
a timely manner. Any product contamination could subject 
the Company to product liability claims, adverse publicity and 
government scrutiny, investigation or intervention, resulting 
in increased costs and decreased sales. Many of these costs 
and losses are not covered by insurance. Any of these events 
could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s 
financial condition and results of operations.

The Company initiated a product recall during the second 
quarter of 2017. See the Recent Developments section on 
page 15 of this MD&A.

Procurement

Our business depends upon the procurement of frozen 
raw seafood materials and finished goods on world 
markets. In 2018, the Company purchased approximately 
180 million pounds of seafood, with an approximate value 
of $556.0 million. Seafood and other food input markets are 
global with values expressed in USD. We buy approximately 
30 species of seafood from 20 countries around the world. 
There are no formal hedging mechanisms in the seafood 
market. Prices can fluctuate due to changes in the balance 
between supply and demand over which the Company 
has little or no control. Weather, quota changes, disease, 
geopolitical issues, including economic sanctions, tariffs 
and trade barriers, and other environmental impacts in key 

fisheries can affect supply. Changes in the relative values of 
currency can change the demand from a particular country 
whose currency has risen or fallen as compared to the U.S. 
dollar. The increasing middle class and government policies 
in emerging economies, as well as demand from health-
conscious consumers, affect demand as well.

Raw material costs in Canada are affected by the Canadian 
and U.S. dollar exchange rates. A strong Canadian dollar 
offsets increases in the U.S. dollar cost of raw materials for 
our Canadian operations, and conversely, when the Canadian 
dollar weakens, it increases our costs. We hedge exposures 
to currency changes and enter into annual supply contracts 
when possible. All foreign currency hedging activities are 
carried out in accordance with the Company’s formal “Price 
Risk Management Policy”, under the oversight of the Audit 
Committee of the Board of Directors.

Our broad product line and customer base, along with 
geographically diverse procurement operations, help us 
mitigate changes in the cost of our raw materials. In addition, 
product formulation changes, long-term relationships with 
suppliers, and price changes to customers are all important 
factors in our ability to manage supply of necessary products.

We purchase frozen raw material and finished goods originating 
from many different areas of the world and ensure, to the 
extent possible, that our supplier base is diverse to ensure no 
over-reliance on any source. Our strategy is to always have at 
least two suppliers of seafood products where possible.

There can be no assurance that disruptions in supply will not 
occur, nor can there be any assurance that all or part of any 
increased costs experienced by the Company from time to 
time can be passed along to consumers of the Company’s 
products directly or in a timely manner.

Availability of Seafood and Non-Seafood Goods

Historically, North American markets have consumed less 
seafood per capita than certain Asian and European markets. 
If increased global seafood demand results in materially higher 
prices, North American consumers may be less likely to 
consume amounts historically consistent with their share of the 
global seafood market, which may adversely affect the financial 
results of High Liner Foods due to its North American focus.

The Company expects demand for seafood to grow from 
current levels as the global economy, and particularly the 
BRIC and Southeast Asian economies, improve. In general, 
we expect the supply of wild-caught seafood in our core 
species to be stable over the long term. We anticipate new 
seafood demand will be supplied primarily from aquaculture. 
Currently, four of the top seven species consumed in the 
U.S. (shrimp, salmon, tilapia and pangasius) are partly or 

MD&Atotally supplied by aquaculture and approximately 41% of the 
Company’s procurement by value is related to aquaculture 
products. To the extent there are unexpected declines in 
our core products of wild-caught seafood, or aquaculture 
is unable to supply future demand, prices may increase 
materially, which may have a negative impact on the 
Company’s results.

The Company has made the strategic decision not to be 
vertically integrated for a number of reasons, including the 
large amount of capital that would be involved and expected 
returns on such capital. However, in the event supply 
shortages of certain seafood, or trade barriers to acquiring 
seafood as a result of economic sanctions or otherwise, 
results in difficulty procuring species, the financial results of 
High Liner Foods may be adversely affected.

In addition, the Company purchases non-seafood goods 
and ingredients from a limited number of suppliers as a 
result of consolidation within the industries in which these 
suppliers operate in North America and other major markets. 
Furthermore, issues with suppliers regarding pricing or 
performance of the goods they supply or the inability of 
suppliers to supply the required volumes of such goods and 
services in a timely manner could impact the Company’s 
financial condition and performance. Any such impact will 
depend on the effectiveness of the Company’s contingency plan.

Seafood Production from Asia

For more than a decade, many seafood companies, including 
High Liner Foods, have diverted production of certain primary 
produced products to Asia, and China in particular. Asian 
processing plants are able to produce many high quality 
seafood products at a lower cost than is possible in North 
America and in other more developed countries. These plants 
are also able to achieve a better yield on raw material due 
to the use of more manual processes. We work closely with 
selected Asian suppliers and have made it possible for these 
suppliers to meet our exacting quality and manufacturing 
standards. In turn, we have access to the variety and volume 
of seafood products, including a significant amount of wild-
caught product from the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, that 
we need to fulfil our brand strategy. These suppliers are 
central to our supply chain operating efficiently, and thus, any 
adverse changes in the operations of such suppliers, or our 
commercial relationships with such suppliers, may adversely 
affect the Company’s results.

Non-Seafood Commodities

Our operating costs are affected by price changes in 
commodities such as crude oil, wheat, corn, paper products 

Annual Report 2018  45

and frying oils. To minimize our risk, the Company’s “Price 
Risk Management Policy” dictates the use of fixed pricing with 
suppliers whenever possible but allows the use of hedging 
with derivative instruments if deemed prudent. Throughout 
2018 and 2017, the Company has managed this risk through 
contracts with suppliers.

Crude oil prices, which influence fuel surcharges from freight 
suppliers increased during 2018 compared to 2017. World 
commodity prices for flour, soy and canola oils, important 
ingredients in many of the Company’s products, fluctuated 
throughout the year, with flour prices increasing and soy 
and canola oil prices decreasing in 2018 compared to 2017. 
The price of corrugated and folding carton, which is used 
in packaging, increased in 2018. The Company currently 
has fixed price contracts with suppliers relating to our 2019 
commodity purchase requirements and any additional 
amounts will be negotiated and fixed as necessary.

Customer Consolidation

We sell the vast majority of our products to large food 
retailers, including supercentres and club stores, and 
foodservice distributors in North America. As the retail 
grocery and foodservice trades continue to consolidate and 
customers grow larger and more sophisticated, the Company 
is required to adjust to changes in purchasing practices and 
changing customer requirements. Failure to do so could result 
in losing sales volumes and market share. The Company’s net 
sales and profitability could also be affected by deterioration 
in the financial condition of, or other adverse developments in, 
the relationship with one or more of its major customers. Any 
of these events could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Consolidation of customers is expected to result in some 
consolidation of suppliers in the U.S. seafood industry. The 
supply of seafood, especially in the U.S. foodservice market, 
is highly fragmented. Consolidation is needed to reduce costs 
and increase service levels to keep pace with the expectation 
of customers.

We are focusing efforts on brand strength, new products, 
procurement activities and customer service to ensure 
we outperform competitors. Consolidation makes it more 
important to achieve and maintain a brand leadership 
position, as consolidators move towards centralized buying 
and streamlined procurement. We are in a good position to 
meet these demands, since we offer quality, popular products 
under leading brands and have the ability to meet the 
customer service expectations of the major retailers. 

MD&A46  HIGH LINER FOODS

Competition Risk

High Liner Foods competes with a number of food 
manufacturers and distributors and its competition varies 
by distribution method, product category and geographic 
market. Some of High Liner Foods’ competitors have greater 
financial and other resources than it does and/or may have 
access to labour or products that are not available to High 
Liner Foods. In addition, High Liner Foods’ competitors may 
be able to better withstand market volatility. There can be no 
assurance that High Liner Foods’ principal competitors will 
not be successful in capturing, or that new competitors will 
not emerge and capture, a share of the Company’s present or 
potential customer base and/or market share.

In addition, High Liner Foods and its financial results may be 
significantly adversely affected if High Liner Foods’ suppliers 
become competitors, if our customers decide to source their 
own food products, or if one or more of High Liner Foods’ 
competitors were to merge with another of its competitors. 
Competitors may also establish or strengthen relationships 
with parties with whom High Liner Foods has relationships, 
thereby limiting its ability to distribute certain products. 
Disruptions in High Liner Foods’ business caused by such 
events could have a material adverse effect on its results of 
operations and financial condition.

Geopolitical Risk

The Company’s operations are currently conducted in North 
America and, as such, the Company’s operations are exposed 
to various levels of political, economic and other risks and 
uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties vary for each 
country and include, but are not limited to: fluctuations 
in currency exchange rates; inflation rates; labour unrest; 
terrorism; civil commotion and unrest; changes in taxation 
policies; restrictions on foreign exchange and repatriation; 
changing political conditions and social unrest; changes in 
trade agreements; economic sanctions, tariffs and other 
trade barriers.

Changes, if any, in trade agreements or policies, or shifts 
in political attitude, could adversely affect the Company’s 
operations or profitability. Operations may be affected in 
varying degrees by government regulations including, but not 
limited to, export controls, income taxes, foreign investment, 
and environmental legislation.

In 2017, the U.S. Tax Reform resulted in significant changes 
to tax legislation in the United States and certain aspects of 
the U.S. Tax Reform are still subject to interpretation which 
could impact the results of operations, financial condition and 
cash flows of the Company (see the Income Taxes section on 
page 28 of this MD&A).

In September 2018, the U.S. Administration announced an 
additional 10% tariff on certain Chinese imports, including 
seafood, effective September 24, 2018, increasing to 25% 
effective January 1, 2019. On December 19, 2018, the U.S. 
Administration postponed the January 1, 2019 tariff increase, 
pending negotiations between the U.S. Administration and 
China. The Company currently purchases its seafood raw 
materials from more than 20 countries around the world, 
including from the U.S., to meet U.S. consumer demand. A 
portion of this raw material is imported into China for primary 
processing and then exported to the U.S. for sale and secondary 
processing. The Company has determined that the additional 
tariff will apply to the import of certain species into the U.S., 
most notably haddock, tilapia and sole/flounder. The estimated 
exposure of a 10% and 25% tariff in 2019 is approximately $4 
and $9 million, respectively based on current volume and raw 
material costs; however, the Company has begun implementing 
plans, including pricing action and certain supply chain 
initiatives, to mitigate the impact of these tariffs and reduce the 
estimated impact to the Company. The Company will continue 
to monitor these developments closely, particularly if further 
information becomes available regarding additional tariffs or 
how the previously announced tariffs will impact the Company.

The occurrence and the extent of these various factors and 
uncertainties cannot be accurately predicted and could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations 
and profitability.

Sustainability, Corporate Responsibility and Public Opinion

The future success and growth of our business relies heavily 
upon our ability to use our position in the marketplace to 
protect and preserve the natural resources essential for our 
business and to make sustainability part of how we operate in 
every facet of our business.

High Liner Foods made a public sustainability commitment 
in late 2010 to source all of its seafood from “certified 
sustainable or responsible” fisheries and aquaculture by the 
end of 2013. The Company was substantially successful 
in fulfilling the commitment it made in late 2010 and is 
now recognized as a global leader in driving best practice 
improvements in wild fisheries and aquaculture. Customers 
will continue to demand product solutions that are innovative, 

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  47

high quality and responsibly-sourced. To the extent we fail to 
meet these customer expectations, or customer expectations 
in this regard change, operational results and brand 
equity may be adversely affected. Credible sustainability 
certifications have become a required tool to validate 
industry-driven wild fishery and aquaculture improvements. 
Environmental advocacy groups will continue to promote use 
of credible certification schemes to define sustainable wild 
fisheries and aquaculture.

In 2015, the Company implemented a social compliance 
program with seafood suppliers which outlines acceptable 
standards for the treatment of all suppliers’ employees involved 
in the production of seafood product for our Company.

Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) is a term used to refer 
to the set of voluntary actions companies take to mitigate 
the social and environmental impacts of their operations 
on society. CSR is significant in the seafood industry as 
seen through the multiplication of private initiatives such 
as certification programs, sourcing commitments and 
improvement projects. Many of the issues addressed through 
CSR in seafood occur in the downstream end of seafood 
supply chains and include sustainable fish stocks, social 
aspects such as working conditions and fair wages, and 
transparency. High Liner Foods has continued its leadership 
position with the publication of CSR reports in 2017 and 2018, 
which disclose many of the improvement efforts underway.

High Liner’s business and operations are subject to 
environmental laws and regulations, including those relating 
to permitting requirements, wastewater discharges, air 
emissions (greenhouse gases and other), releases of 
hazardous substances and remediation of contaminated 
sites. The Company believes that its operations are in 
compliance, in all material respects, with environmental laws 
and regulations. Compliance with these laws and regulations 
requires that the Company continue to incur operating 
and maintenance costs and capital expenditures, including 
to control potential impacts of its operations on local 
communities. Future events such as changes in environmental 
laws and regulations or more vigorous regulatory enforcement 
policies could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial position and could require additional 
expenditures to achieve or maintain compliance.

In the long term, further enhancing policies related to 
sustainability, environmental and social compliance both 
within High Liner Foods and its supply chain may add to High 
Liner Foods’ costs and reduce margins.

Growth (Other than by Acquisition)

A key component of High Liner Foods’ growth strategy 
is organic or internal growth by (a) increasing sales and 
earnings in existing markets with existing products; and (b) 
expanding into new markets and products. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will be successful in growing its 
business or in managing its growth in a manner consistent 
with this strategy. Furthermore, successful expansion may 
place a significant strain on key personnel of High Liner Foods, 
from a retention perspective, as well as on its operations, 
financial resources and other resources. The Company’s 
ability to manage growth will also depend in part on its 
ability to continue to grow and enhance its information 
systems in a timely fashion. It must also manage succession 
planning for personnel across the organization to support 
such growth. Any inability to properly manage growth could 
result in cancellation of customer orders, as well as increased 
operating costs, and correspondingly, could have an adverse 
effect on High Liner Foods’ financial results.

In addition, the success of the Company depends in part 
on the Company’s ability to respond to market trends and 
produce innovative products that anticipate and respond 
to the changing tastes and dietary habits of consumers. 
From time to time certain products are deemed more or less 
healthy and this can impact consumer buying patterns. The 
Company’s failure to anticipate, identify, or react to these 
changes or to innovate could result in declining demand and 
prices for the Company’s products, which in turn could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations.

Acquisition and Integration Risk

A component of the Company’s strategy is to pursue 
acquisition opportunities to support sales and earnings 
growth and further species diversification. While 
management intends to be careful in selecting businesses 
to acquire, acquisitions inherently involve a number of risks, 
including, but not limited to, the possibility that the Company 
pays more than the acquired assets are worth; the additional 
expense associated with completing an acquisition; the 
potential loss of customers of the particular business; the 
difficulty of assimilating the operations and personnel of the 
acquired business; the challenge of implementing uniform 
standards, controls procedures and policies throughout the 
acquired business; the inability to integrate, train, retain and 
motivate key personnel of the acquired business; the potential 
disruption to the Company’s ongoing business and the 

MD&A48  HIGH LINER FOODS

distraction of management from the Company’s day-to-day 
operations; the inability to incorporate acquired businesses 
successfully into the Company’s existing operations; and the 
potential impairment of relationships with the Company’s 
employees, suppliers and customers. If any one or more of 
such risks materialize, they could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, liquidity 
and operating results.

In addition, the Company may not be able to maintain the 
levels of operating efficiency that the acquired company had 
achieved or might have achieved had it not been acquired 
by the Company. Successful integration of the acquired 
company’s operations would depend upon the Company’s 
ability to manage those operations and to eliminate redundant 
and excess costs. As a result of difficulties associated with 
combining operations, the Company may not be able to 
achieve the cost savings and other benefits that it expected 
to achieve with the acquisition. Any difficulties in this 
process could disrupt the Company’s ongoing business, 
distract its management, result in the loss of key personnel 
or customers, increase its expenses and otherwise materially 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, 
liquidity and operating results. Further, inherent in any 
acquisition, there is risk of liabilities and contingencies that 
the Company may not discover in its due diligence prior to the 
consummation of a particular acquisition, and the Company 
may not be indemnified for some or all of these liabilities 
and contingencies. The discovery of any material liabilities or 
contingencies in any acquisition could also have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, 
liquidity and operating results.

Employment Matters

The Company and its subsidiaries have approximately 
1,300 full-time and part-time employees, which include 
salaried and union employees, some of whom are covered 
by collective agreements. These employees are located in 
various jurisdictions, each such jurisdiction having differing 
employment laws. While the Company maintains systems 
and procedures to comply with the applicable requirements, 
there is a risk that failures or lapses by individual managers 
could result in a violation or cause of action that could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations. Furthermore, if a collective 
agreement covering a significant number of employees or 
involving certain key employees were to expire or otherwise 
cease to have effect leading to a work stoppage, there 
can be no assurance that such work stoppage would not 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial 
condition and results of operations. The Company’s success 
is also dependent on its ability to recruit and retain qualified 
personnel. The loss of one or more key personnel could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations.

Credit Risk

The Company grants credit to its customers in the normal 
course of business. Credit valuations are performed on a 
regular basis and the financial statements take into account 
an allowance for bad debts. The Company considers that it 
has low exposure to concentration of credit risk with respect 
to accounts receivable from customers due to its large and 
diverse customer base. Although we insure our accounts 
receivable risk, our bad debt expense has historically been 
insignificant. As of the filing of this report, we are not aware 
of any customer that is in financial trouble that would result 
in a material loss to the Company and our receivables are 
substantially current at year-end.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  49

Foreign Currency

High Liner Foods reports its results in USD to reduce volatility caused by changes in the USD to CAD exchange rate. The 
Company’s results of operations and financial condition are both affected by foreign currency fluctuations in a number of ways. 
The table below summarizes the effects of foreign exchange on our operations in their functional currency:

Currency

CAD

CAD

Euro

Euro

Strength

Strong

Weak

Strong

Weak

Asian currencies

Strong

Asian currencies Weak

USD

USD

Strong

Weak

Impact on High Liner Foods

Results in a reduction in the cost of inputs for the Canadian operations in CAD. Competitive activity may 
result in some selling price declines on unprocessed product.

Results in an increase in the cost of inputs for the Canadian operations in CAD. Justified cost increases are 
usually accepted by customers. If prices rise too sharply there may be a volume decline until consumers 
become accustomed to the new level of pricing.

Results in increased demand from Europe for seafood supplies and may increase prices in USD.

Results in decreased demand from Europe for seafood supplies and may decrease prices in USD.

Results in higher cost for seafood related to Asian-domestic inputs such as labour and overheads of primary 
producers. As well, increased demand may result from domestic Asian markets increasing USD prices.  
Justified cost increases are usually accepted by customers. If prices rise too sharply, there may be a volume 
decline until consumers become accustomed to the new level of pricing.

Results in lower cost for seafood related to Asian-domestic inputs such as labour and overheads of primary 
producers. As well, decreased demand may result from domestic Asian markets, decreasing USD prices. 
Competitive activity may result in some selling price declines on unprocessed product.

As in most commodities, a strong USD usually decreases input costs in USD, as suppliers in countries not 
using the USD need less USD to receive the same amount in domestic currency. In Canadian operations, it 
increases input costs in CAD.

As in most commodities, a weak USD usually increases input costs in USD, as suppliers in countries not 
using the USD need more USD to receive the same amount in domestic currency. In Canadian operations, it 
decreases input costs in CAD.

The value of the USD compared to other world currencies 
has an impact on many commodities, including seafood, 
packaging, flour-based products, cooking oil and 
transportation costs that are either sold in USD or have USD-
input costs. This is because many producing countries do 
not use the USD as their functional currency and, therefore, 
changes in the value of the USD means that producers in 
other countries need less or more USD to obtain the same 
amount in their domestic currency. Changes in the value of 
the CAD by itself against the USD simply result in an increase 
or decrease in the CAD cost of inputs.

For products sold in Canada, raw material is purchased in USD 
and flour-based ingredients, cooking oils and transportation 
costs all have significant commodity components that are 
traded in USD. However, labour, packaging and ingredient 
conversion costs, overheads and SG&A costs are incurred in 
CAD. A strengthening CAD decreases the cost of these inputs 
and vice versa in the Canadian operation’s domestic currency. 
When the value of the CAD changes, competitive factors 
on commodity products, primarily raw frozen shellfish and 
groundfish, especially in our Canadian foodservice business, 
force us to react when competitors use a lower CAD cost of 
imported products to decrease prices and, therefore, pass 
on the cost decrease to customers. An increasing CAD cost 
usually results in higher selling prices to Canadian customers.

The Parent has a CAD functional currency, meaning that all 
transactions are recorded in CAD. However, as we report 
in USD, the results of the Parent are converted into USD for 
external reporting purposes. As such, fluctuations in exchange 
rates impact the translated value of the Parent’s sales, costs 
and expenses when translated to USD.

Although High Liner Foods reports in USD, our Canadian 
operations continue to be managed in CAD. Therefore, in 
accordance with the Company’s “Price Risk Management 
Policy” (the “Policy”), we undertake hedging activities, buying 
USD forward and using various derivative products. To 
reduce our exposure to the USD on the more price inelastic 
items, the Policy allows us to hedge forward a maximum of 
15 months of purchases; at 70-90% of exposure for the first 
three months, 55-85% for the next three months, 30-75% 
for the next three months, 10-60% for the next three months, 
and 0-60% for the last three months. The lower end of these 
ranges is required to be hedged by the Policy, with the upper 
ranges allowed if management believes the situation warrants 
a higher level of purchases to be hedged. Variations from the 
Policy require the approval of the Audit Committee.

MD&A50  HIGH LINER FOODS

The Policy excludes certain products where the price in the 
marketplace moves up or down with changes in the CAD 
cost of the product. Approximately $60.0-80.0 million of the 
USD purchases of the Parent are part of the hedging program 
annually and are usually hedged between 40.0% and 75.0% 
of the next twelve months of forecasted purchases. We are 
currently forecasting purchases of $48.8 million to be hedged 
in 2019 and of this amount, 47.0% are currently hedged.

results of operations, cash flows, financial position or 
prospects and which could impact its liquidity and ability to 
declare and pay dividends (whether at current levels, revised 
levels or at all), and is also dependent on, among other things 
the ability of the Company to generate sufficient cash flows, 
the financial requirements of High Liner, and applicable 
solvency tests and contractual restrictions (whether under 
credit agreements or other contracts).

Details on the hedges in place as at December 29, 2018 
are included in Note 25 “Fair value measurement” to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity Risk

The ability of the Company to secure short-term and long-
term financing on terms acceptable to the Company is critical 
to fund business growth and manage its liquidity. 

Our primary sources of working capital are cash flows from 
operations and borrowings under our credit facilities. We 
actively manage our relationships with our lenders and have 
adequate credit facilities in place until April 2021, when the 
working capital credit facility expires. The failure or inability of 
the Company to secure short-term and long-term financing 
in the future on terms that are commercially reasonable and 
acceptable to the Company could have a significant impact on 
the Company’s opportunity for growth.

The Company monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using 
a detailed budgeting process that identifies financing needs 
for the next twelve months as well as models that look out 
five years. Working capital and cash balances are monitored 
daily and a procurement system provides information 
on commitments. This process projects cash flows from 
operations. The Company’s objective is to maintain a balance 
between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use 
of bank overdrafts, letters of credit, bank loans, notes payable 
and finance leases. The Company’s objective is that not more 
than 50% of borrowings should mature in the next twelve-
month period.

At December 29, 2018, less than 4% of our debt will 
mature in less than one year based on the carrying value 
of borrowings reflected in the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. Our long-term debt is described in Note 14 
“Long-term debt and finance lease obligations” to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. At December 29, 2018 
and at the date of this document, we are in compliance with 
all covenants and terms of our banking facilities.

Uncertainty of Dividend Payments

Payment of dividends may be impacted by factors that can 
have a material adverse effect on High Liners’ business, 

As the payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of 
the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company’s dividend 
policy could change at any time if the Board determines that a 
change is in the best interests of the Company. 

Pension Plan Assets and Liabilities

In the normal course of business, the Company provides 
post-retirement pension benefits to its employees under 
both defined contribution and defined benefit pension plan 
arrangements. The funded status of the plans significantly 
affects the net periodic benefit costs of the Company’s pension 
plans and the ongoing funding requirements of those plans. 
Among other factors, changes in interest rates, mortality rates, 
early retirement rates, and the market value of plan assets 
can affect the level of plan funding required, increase the 
Company’s future funding requirements, and cause volatility 
in the net periodic pension cost as well as the Company’s 
financial results. Any increase in pension expense or funding 
requirements could have a material adverse impact on the 
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The asset mix of our defined benefit pension plans was 
established with the objective of reducing the volatility of 
the plan’s anticipated funded position. This has resulted in 
investing part of the portfolio in fixed income assets with a 
duration similar to that of the pension obligations. The latest 
actuarial valuations of these two plans were performed 
during Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017 and showed: combined 
going concern surpluses of CAD$2.9 million; one plan had a 
solvency deficit of CAD$1.4 million; and the other plan had 
a solvency deficit of CAD$3.4 million.

Information Technology and Cybersecurity Risk

High Liner Foods relies on information technology systems 
and network infrastructure in all areas of operations and is 
therefore exposed to an increasing number of sophisticated 
cybersecurity threats. The methods used to obtain 
unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage 
systems are constantly evolving. A cybersecurity attack and 
a breach of sensitive information could disrupt systems and 
services and compromise the Company’s financial position 
or brands, and/or otherwise adversely affect the ability to 
achieve its strategic objectives.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  51

The Company maintains policies, processes and procedures 
to address capabilities, performance, security and availability 
including resiliency and disaster recovery for systems, 
infrastructure and data. Security protocols, along with 
corporate information security policies, address compliance 
with information security standards, including those relating 
to information belonging to the Company’s customers and 
employees. The Company actively monitors, manages and 
continues to enhance its ability to mitigate cyber risk through 
its enterprise-wide programs.

The implementation of major information technology projects 
carries with it various risks, including the risk of realization 
of benefits, that must be mitigated by disciplined change 
management and governance processes. The Company 
has a business process optimization team staffed with 
knowledgeable internal resources (supplemented by external 
resources as needed) that is responsible for implementing the 
various initiatives.

Forward-Looking Information 
This MD&A contains forward-looking statements within 
the meaning of securities laws. In particular, these forward-
looking statements are based on a variety of factors and 
assumptions that are discussed throughout this document. 
In addition, these statements and expectations concerning 
the performance of our business in general are based on 
a number of factors and assumptions including, but not 
limited to: availability, demand and prices of raw materials, 
energy and supplies; the condition of the Canadian and 
American economies; product pricing; foreign exchange rates, 
especially the rate of exchange of the CAD to the USD; our 
ability to attract and retain customers; our operating costs 
and improvement to operating efficiencies; interest rates; 
continued access to capital; the competitive environment 
and related market conditions; and the general assumption 
that none of the risks identified below or elsewhere in this 
document will materialize.

Specific forward-looking statements in this document 
include, but are not limited to: statements with respect to: 
future growth strategies and their impact on the Company’s 
market share and shareholder value; anticipated financial 
performance, including earnings trends and growth; 
achievement, and timing of achievement, of strategic goals 
and publicly stated financial targets, including to increase 
our market share, acquire and integrate other businesses 
and reduce our operating and supply chain costs; and our 
ability to develop new and innovative products that result in 
increased sales and market share; increased demand for our 

products whether due to the recognition of the health benefits 
of seafood or otherwise; changes in costs for seafood and 
other raw materials; any proposed disposal of assets and/
or operations; increases or decreases in processing costs; 
the USD/CAD exchange rate; percentage of sales from our 
brands; expectations with regards to sales volume, earnings, 
product margins, product innovations, brand development 
and anticipated financial performance; competitor reaction 
to Company strategies and actions; impact of price increases 
or decreases on future profitability; sufficiency of working 
capital facilities; future income tax rates; the expected timing 
and the amount of the recovery associated with product recall 
costs; our ability to successfully integrate the acquisition of 
Rubicon Resources, LLC; levels of accretion and synergy and 
earnings growth relating to Rubicon; the expected amount 
and timing of integration activities related to acquisitions; 
expected leverage levels and expected net interest-bearing 
debt to Adjusted EBITDA; statements under the “outlook” 
heading including expected demand, sales of new product, 
the efficiency of our plant production and U.S. tariffs on 
certain seafood products imported from China; expected 
amount and timing of cost savings related to the optimization 
of the Company’s structure; decreased leverage in the future; 
estimated capital spending; future inventory trends and 
seasonality; market forces and the maintenance of existing 
customer and supplier relationships; availability of credit 
facilities; our projection of excess cash flow and minimum 
repayments under the Company’s long-term loan facility; 
expected decreases in debt-to-capitalization ratio; dividend 
payments; and amount and timing of the capital expenditures 
in excess of normal requirements to allow the movement of 
production between plants.

Forward-looking statements can generally be identified by 
the use of the conditional tense, the words “may”, “should”, 
“would”, “could”, “believe”, “plan”, “expect”, “intend”, 
“anticipate”, “estimate”, “foresee”, “objective”, “goal”, “remain” 
or “continue” or the negative of these terms or variations 
of them or words and expressions of similar nature. Actual 
results could differ materially from the conclusion, forecast 
or projection stated in such forward-looking information. 
As a result, we cannot guarantee that any forward-looking 
statements will materialize. Assumptions, expectations 
and estimates made in the preparation of forward-looking 
statements and risks that could cause our actual results to 
differ materially from our current expectations are discussed 
in detail in the Company’s materials filed with the Canadian 
securities regulatory authorities from time to time, including 
the Risk Factors section of this MD&A and the Risk Factors 
section of our most recent AIF. The risks and uncertainties 

MD&A52  HIGH LINER FOODS

that may affect the operations, performance, development 
and results of High Liner Foods’ business include, but are 
not limited to, the following factors: volatility in the CAD/
USD exchange rate; the interpretation of the U.S. Tax Reform 
by tax authorities; competitive developments including 
increases in overseas seafood production and industry 
consolidation; availability and price of seafood raw materials 
and finished goods and the impact of geopolitical events (and 
related economic sanctions) on same; the impact of the U.S. 
Administration’s tariffs on certain seafood products; costs of 
commodity products and other production inputs, and the 
ability to pass cost increases on to customers; successful 
integration of acquired operations; potential increases in 
maintenance and operating costs; shifts in market demands 
for seafood; performance of new products launched and 
existing products in the market place; changes in laws and 
regulations, including environmental, taxation and regulatory 
requirements; technology changes with respect to production 

and other equipment and software programs; enterprise 
resource planning system risk; supplier fulfillment of 
contractual agreements and obligations; competitor reactions; 
High Liner Foods’ ability to generate adequate cash flow or 
to finance its future business requirements through outside 
sources; compliance with debt covenants; the availability 
of adequate levels of insurance; and management retention 
and development.

Forward-looking information is based on management’s 
current estimates, expectations and assumptions, which we 
believe are reasonable as of the current date. You should not 
place undue importance on forward-looking information and 
should not rely upon this information as of any other date. 
Except as required under applicable securities laws, we do 
not undertake to update these forward-looking statements, 
whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time 
by us or on our behalf, whether as a result of new information, 
future events or otherwise.

MD&AAnnual Report 2018  53

Management’s Responsibility

To the Shareholders of High Liner Foods Incorporated

The Management of High Liner Foods Incorporated includes corporate executives, operating and financial managers and other 
personnel working full-time on Company business.  The statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles consistently applied, using management’s best estimates and judgments, where appropriate.  The 
financial information elsewhere in this report is consistent with the statements. 

Management has established a system of internal control that it believes provides a reasonable assurance that, in all 
material respects, assets are maintained and accounted for in accordance with management’s authorization and transactions 
are recorded accurately on the Company’s books and records.  The Company’s internal audit program is designed for 
constant evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal controls.  Audits measure adherence to established 
policies and procedures. 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is composed of four outside directors.  The Committee meets periodically 
with management, the internal auditor and independent chartered professional accountants to review the work of each and to 
satisfy itself that the respective parties are properly discharging their responsibilities.  The independent chartered professional 
accountants and the internal auditor have full and free access to the Audit Committee at any time.  In addition, the Audit 
Committee reports its findings to the Board of Directors, which reviews and approves the consolidated financial statements. 

Dated February 27, 2019

(Signed)

P.A. Jewer, FCPA 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

54  HIGH LINER FOODS

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Shareholders of High Liner Foods Incorporated

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of High Liner Foods Incorporated and its subsidiaries [the “Group”], 
which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and 
the consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and consolidated 
statements of cash flows for the fifty-two weeks then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of the Group as at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and its consolidated financial performance 
and its consolidated cash flows for the fifty-two weeks then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards [“IFRSs”]. 

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of 
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
consolidated financial statements in Canada, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

OTHER INFORMATION
Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises: 

•  Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

•  The information, other than the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon, in the Annual Report

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information, and in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

We obtained Management’s Discussion & Analysis prior to the date of this auditor’s report. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We 
have nothing to report in this regard.  

The Annual Report is expected to be made available to us after the date of the auditor’s report. If based on the work we will 
perform on this other information, we conclude there is a material misstatement of other information, we are required to report 
that fact to those charged with governance.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGEMENT AND THOSE CHARGED WITH GOVERNANCE FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with 
IFRSs, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.  

Annual Report 2018  55

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally 
accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. 

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and 
maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

•  Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for 
one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control. 

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in 
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. 

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related 

disclosures made by management. 

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit 

evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw 
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are 
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s 
report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern. 

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, 

and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that 
achieves fair presentation.

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the 
Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements.  We are responsible for the direction, supervision and 
performance of the group audit.  We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the 
audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to 
bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. 

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Gina Kinsman.

Chartered Professional Accountants 
Licensed Public Accountants

Halifax, Canada 
February 27, 2019 

56  HIGH LINER FOODS

Annual Report 2018  56

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(in thousands of United States dollars)

Notes

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash

Accounts receivable

Income taxes receivable

Other financial assets

Inventories

Prepaid expenses

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred income taxes

Other receivables and miscellaneous assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Total non-current assets

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities

Bank loans

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Contract liability

Provisions

Other current financial liabilities

Other current liabilities

Income taxes payable

Current portion of long-term debt 

Current portion of finance lease obligations

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Long-term debt

Other long-term financial liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Long-term finance lease obligations

Deferred income taxes

Future employee benefits

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

Common shares

Contributed surplus

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total shareholders’ equity

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

7

25

8

9

18

25

10

10

$ 

9,568

84,873

6,411

2,504

301,411

4,333

409,100

114,371

7

1,013

155,594

157,070

428,055

$ 

4,738

92,395

13,533

570

353,433

3,462

468,131

120,289

2,787

837

158,044

157,881

439,838

11, 14

$ 

837,155

$ 

907,969

11

12

19

13

25

14

14

14

25

14

18

15

16

$ 

31,152

$ 

53,352

157,162

205,855

4,772

1,460

78

245

585

13,655

372

209,481

4,055

278

1,965

166

—

—

714

266,385

322,674

335,441

5

1,493

407

28,451

10,785

363,815

573,296

112,887

15,357

161,377

(25,762)

263,859

62

1,641

407

23,943

11,223

372,717

639,102

112,835

14,354

159,157

(17,479)

268,867

$ 

837,155

$ 

907,969

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements57  HIGH LINER FOODS

Annual Report 2018  57

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands of United States dollars, except per share amounts)

Revenues

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Business acquisition, integration and other (income) expense

Results from operating activities

Finance costs

Income before income taxes

Income taxes 

Current

Deferred

Total income tax expense (recovery)  

Net income 

Earnings per common share

Basic

Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

Basic

Diluted 

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Fifty-two  
weeks ended  
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two  
weeks ended  
December 30, 
2017

$  1,048,531

$  1,053,846

860,374

188,157

52,649

92,208

1,302

(2,471)

44,469

21,603

22,866

1,583

4,507

6,090

867,767

186,079

49,827

99,449

—

2,639

34,164

16,626

17,538

(723)

(13,392)

(14,115)

$ 

16,776

$ 

31,653

$ 

$ 

 0.50

 0.50

$ 

$ 

 0.98

 0.97

33,617,203

33,618,919

32,412,215

32,527,296

Notes

19

9

6, 15

28

18

18

20

20

20

20

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements58  HIGH LINER FOODS

Annual Report 2018  58

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of United States dollars)

Net income

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax

Other comprehensive income (loss) to be reclassified to net income:

(Loss) gain on hedge of net investment in foreign operations

Gain (loss) on translation of net investment in foreign operations

Translation impact on Canadian dollar denominated non-AOCI items

Translation impact on Canadian dollar denominated AOCI items

Total exchange (losses) gains on translation of foreign operations and Canadian dollar 
 denominated items

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to carrying amount of hedged item

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income

Translation impact on Canadian dollar denominated AOCI items

Total exchange gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

Net other comprehensive (loss) gain to be reclassified to net income

Other comprehensive income (loss) not to be reclassified to net income

Defined benefit plan actuarial gains (losses)

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income 

Fifty-two  
weeks ended  
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two  
weeks ended  
December 30, 
2017

$ 

16,776

$ 

31,653

(25,160)

35,067

(21,793)

1,608

(10,278)

3,494

(533)

(181)

(785)

1,995

(8,283)

107

(8,176)

20,985

(30,309)

17,803

(1,291)

7,188

(1,838)

482

436

579

(341)

6,847

(1,877)

4,970

$ 

8,600

$ 

36,623

Consolidated Statements of Accumulated  
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“AOCI”)

(in thousands of United States dollars)

Balance at December 30, 2017

Total exchange losses on translation of foreign operations and Canadian  
 dollar denominated items

Total exchange losses on cash flow hedges

Balance at December 29, 2018 

Balance at December 31, 2016

Total exchange gains on translation of foreign operations and Canadian  
 dollar denominated items

Total exchange losses on cash flow hedges

Balance at December 30, 2017

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
differences

Net exchange 
differences 
on cash flow 
hedges

Total AOCI

$ 

(17,699)

$ 

220

$ 

(17,479)

$ 

$ 

(10,278)

—

(27,977)

(24,887)

7,188

—

$ 

$ 

$ 

(17,699)

$ 

—

1,995

2,215

561

—

(341)

220

$ 

$ 

(10,278)

1,995

(25,762)

(24,326)

7,188

(341)

$ 

(17,479)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements59  HIGH LINER FOODS

Annual Report 2018  59

Consolidated Statements of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity

(in thousands of United States dollars)

Balance at December 30, 2017

Other comprehensive income

Net income

Common share dividends

Share-based compensation

Balance at December 29, 2018 

Balance at December 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income

Net income

Common share dividends

Share-based compensation

Share issuance

Balance at December 30, 2017 

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Common 
shares

Contributed 
surplus

Retained 
earnings

AOCI

Total

$ 

112,835

$ 

14,354

$ 

159,157

$ 

(17,479)

$ 

268,867

—

—

—

52

$ 

$ 

112,887

86,094

$ 

$ 

—

—

—

983

25,758

—

—

—

1,003

15,357

14,654

$ 

$ 

—

—

—

(300)

—

107

16,776

(14,663)

—

161,377

143,782

(1,877)

31,653

(14,355)

—

(46)

(8,283)

—

—

—

$ 

$ 

(25,762)

(24,326)

6,847

$ 

$ 

—

—

—

—

(8,176)

16,776

(14,663)

1,055

263,859

220,204

4,970

31,653

(14,355)

683

25,712

$ 

112,835

$ 

14,354

$ 

159,157

$ 

(17,479)

$ 

268,867

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements60  HIGH LINER FOODS

Annual Report 2018  60

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of United States dollars)

Cash flows provided by (used in):

Operating activities

Net income

Adjustments to net income not involving cash from operations:

Depreciation and amortization

Share-based compensation expense

Loss on asset disposals and impairment

Future employee benefits contribution, net of expense

Finance costs

Income tax expense (recovery) 

Unrealized foreign exchange gain

Cash flows provided by operations before changes in non-cash working capital, interest and  
 income taxes refunded (paid)

Changes in non-cash working capital balances:

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Provisions

Net change in non-cash working capital balances

Interest paid

Income taxes refunded (paid)

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

Financing activities

(Decrease) increase in bank loans

Repayment of finance lease obligations

Proceeds of long-term debt

Deferred finance costs

Common share dividends paid

Options exercised for shares

Share issuance

Fifty-two  
weeks ended  
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two  
weeks ended  
December 30, 
2017

Notes

24

17

9

18

$ 

16,776

$ 

31,653

17,771

1,237

1,565

(84)

21,603

6,090

(311)

16,311

771

789

233

16,626

(14,115)

(937)

64,647

51,331

5,666

44,561

(1,030)

(45,977)

1,221

4,441

(19,917)

7,762

56,933

(21,380)

(598)

—

(325)

(14,663)

24

—

(1,612)

(37,158)

321

(10,284)

(176)

(48,909)

(14,745)

(9,166)

(21,489)

52,618

(725)

70,000

(1,276)

(14,355)

140

(73)

21

21

14, 21

Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

(36,942)

106,329

Investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment, net of investment tax credits, and  
 intangible assets

Net proceeds on disposal of assets

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Foreign exchange (decrease) increase on cash

Net change in cash during the period

Cash, beginning of period

Cash, end of period

See accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

5

(13,961)

119

—

(13,842)

(1,319)

4,830

4,738

9,568

$ 

(26,488)

331

(74,911)

(101,068)

2,714

(13,514)

18,252

4,738

$ 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  61

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

In United States dollars, unless otherwise noted

1. Corporate information
High Liner Foods Incorporated (the “Company” or “High Liner Foods”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in Canada. 
The address of the Company’s registered office is 100 Battery Point, P.O. Box 910, Lunenburg, Nova Scotia, B0J 2C0. The 
Consolidated Financial Statements (“Consolidated Financial Statements”) of the Company as at and for the fifty-two weeks 
ended December 29, 2018, comprise High Liner Foods’ Canadian company (the “Parent”) and its subsidiaries (herein together 
referred to as the “Company” or “High Liner Foods”). The Company is primarily involved in the processing and marketing of 
prepared and packaged frozen seafood products.

These Consolidated Financial Statements were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Company’s Board of 
Directors on February 27, 2019.

2. Statement of compliance and basis for presentation
These Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

These Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical-cost basis except for derivative financial instruments, 
financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, and liabilities for cash-settled share-based compensation payment 
arrangements, which are measured at fair value, and the defined benefit employee future benefit liability which is recognized as the 
net total of the plan assets plus unrecognized past-service costs and the present value of the defined benefit obligation.

3. Significant accounting policies

(a) Basis of consolidation

These Consolidated Financial Statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as at 
December 29, 2018. Control is achieved when the Company is exposed, or has rights, to direct the activities that significantly 
affect the returns from its involvement with the investee. The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee on an 
ongoing basis.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company 
loses control of the subsidiary. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their 
accounting policies in line with the Company’s accounting policies. All intercompany balances, equity, income, expenses and 
cash flows are eliminated in full on consolidation.

(b) Foreign currency

FUNCTIONAL AND PRESENTATION CURRENCY
The Company determines its functional currency based on the currency of the primary economic environment in which it 
operates. The Parent’s functional currency is the Canadian dollar (“CAD”), while the functional currencies of its subsidiaries 
are the CAD and the United States dollar (“USD”). The Company has chosen a USD presentation currency for its Consolidated 
Financial Statements because the USD better reflects the Company’s overall business activities and improves investors’ ability 
to compare the Company’s consolidated financial results with other publicly traded businesses in the packaged foods industry 
(most of which are based in the United States [“U.S.”] and report in USD) and should result in less volatility in reported sales 
and income on the conversion to the presentation currency.

The Company follows the requirements set out in IAS 21, The Effects of Change in Foreign Exchange Rates to translate to the 
presentation currency. The assets and liabilities of the Parent are translated to USD at the exchange rate as at the reporting 
date, and the income and expenses of the Parent are translated to USD at the monthly average exchange rates of the reporting 
period. Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements62  HIGH LINER FOODS

TRANSLATION OF TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES INTO THE FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY
Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency (“foreign currencies”) are translated to the respective functional 
currencies of the Parent and its subsidiaries at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of 
each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the exchange rate 
prevailing at that date. Foreign currency non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost are not retranslated. 
Foreign currency non-monetary items that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange 
rate at the date that the fair value was determined.

Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognized in the consolidated statements of income 
with the exception of monetary items that are designated as part of the hedge of the Company’s net investment in a foreign 
operation. The latter exchange differences are recognized in OCI, to the extent the hedge is effective, until the net investment 
is disposed of or the hedge is ineffective, at which time the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss. Tax charges and 
credits attributable to exchange differences on those monetary items are also recorded in OCI.

(c) Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate 
of the consideration transferred measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the 
acquiree. For each business combination, the Company elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree 
at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Company will be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. 
Contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability that is a financial instrument and within the scope of IFRS 9 – Financial 
Instruments (“IFRS 9”), is measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized either in the consolidated statements of 
income. If the contingent consideration is not within the scope of IFRS 9, it is measured in accordance with the appropriate IFRS.

When the Company acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and financial liabilities assumed for appropriate 
classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at 
the acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and included in business acquisition, integration and other expenses in the 
consolidated statements of income.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount 
recognized for non-controlling interests, and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed. After initial recognition, goodwill is not amortized, and is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated 
to each of the Company’s cash generating units (“CGUs”) that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of 
whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units.

(d) Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

The Company classifies non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered 
principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. Assets held for sale are measured at the lower of their 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell (“FVLCS”). For the asset to be classified as held for sale, the sale must be highly 
probable and the asset or disposal group must be available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be 
committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of 
classification. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not depreciated or amortized once classified as held for sale.

(e) Cash

Cash includes cash on hand and demand deposits with initial and remaining maturity of three months or less. Cash does not 
include any restricted cash.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  63

(f) Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of manufactured inventories is based on the 
first-in first-out method. The cost of procured finished goods and unprocessed raw material inventory is based on weighted 
average cost. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of 
completion and selling expenses. The cost of inventories includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production 
or conversion costs, and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their existing location and condition. In the case 
of manufactured inventories and semi-finished materials, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based 
on normal operating capacity. Cost may also include transfers from OCI of any gain or loss on qualifying cash flow hedges of 
foreign currency related to purchases of inventories.

(g) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if 
any. The initial cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any expenditures directly attributable to 
bringing the asset into operation, and the present value of the expected cost for decommissioning the asset after its use, if the 
recognition criteria for a provision are met. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour, 
other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use, and costs of dismantling 
and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located. Cost may also include transfers from OCI of any gain 
or loss on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign currency purchases of property, plant and equipment. The capitalized value 
of a finance lease is also included in property, plant and equipment, and is measured at the lower of the present value of the 
minimum lease payments and the fair value of the leased asset.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount when it is probable that future economic benefits associated 
with the asset will flow to the Company, and the costs can be measured reliably. This would include costs related to the 
refurbishment or replacement of major components of the asset, when the refurbishment results in a significant extension in 
the physical life of the component, and in which case, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the 
day-to-day maintenance of property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred in the consolidated statements of income.

Gains or losses from the derecognition of an asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the asset is derecognized.

The cost of property, plant and equipment, less any residual value, is allocated over the estimated useful life of the asset on 
a straight-line basis. Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis as this most closely reflects the expected pattern 
of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the asset. Leased assets and leasehold improvements are 
depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain 
ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives applicable to each category of property, plant and equipment, except for land, for the current and 
comparative periods are as follows:

Buildings 
Furniture, fixtures and production equipment 
Computer equipment and vehicles 

20–40 years
10–25 years
4–10 years

When components of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives than those noted above, they are 
accounted for as separate items of property, plant and equipment. The estimated useful lives, depreciation methods, and residual 
values are reviewed annually, with any changes in estimate being accounted for prospectively from the date of the change.

(h) Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at the 
inception date: whether fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset(s) or the arrangement 
conveys a right to use the asset(s).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements64  HIGH LINER FOODS

COMPANY AS A LESSEE
Finance leases, which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased item to the Company, 
are capitalized at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of 
the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability to 
achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognized in the consolidated 
statements of income.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term.

(i) Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at cost on initial recognition. Intangible assets acquired in a business 
combination are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are carried 
at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if applicable.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite.

•  Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful or economic life and assessed for impairment whenever 

there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method for an 
intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at each financial year-end.

•  Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized and are tested for impairment annually at the CGU level. The 

useful life of an intangible asset with an indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life assessment 
continues to be supportable. Certain brands acquired through business combinations have no foreseeable limit to the period 
over which the assets are expected to generate net cash flows and are therefore determined to have indefinite useful lives.

The estimated useful lives applicable to each category of intangible assets for the current and comparative periods are as follows:

Brands 
Customer and supplier relationships 
Computer software 
Indefinite lived brands 

2–8 years
10–25 years
3–15 years
Indefinite, subject to impairment testing annually

Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset 
are accounted for by changing the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and accounted for prospectively from the 
date of the change.

The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated statements of income in the 
expense category consistent with the function of the intangible asset. Gains or losses from the derecognition of an intangible 
asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are 
recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the asset is derecognized.

(j) Impairment

NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
The carrying amounts of non-financial assets, excluding inventories and deferred income tax assets, are reviewed for 
impairment at each reporting date, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts may not 
be recoverable. If there are indicators of impairment, a review is undertaken to determine whether the carrying amounts are in 
excess of their recoverable amounts. Reviews are undertaken on an asset-by-asset basis, except where the recoverable amount 
for an individual asset cannot be determined, in which case the review is undertaken at a CGU level.

On an annual basis, the Company evaluates the carrying amount of CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated, to determine 
whether such carrying amount may be impaired. To accomplish this, the Company compares the recoverable amount of a CGU 
to its carrying amount. This evaluation is performed more frequently if there is an indication that a CGU may be impaired.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  65

The Company estimates the non-financial asset’s recoverable amount for the purpose of impairment testing using the higher of 
its FVLCS and its value in use. Where the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or CGU 
is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. The excess of the carrying amount over the recoverable 
amount is considered an impairment loss and is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. With respect to CGUs, 
impairment losses are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU, and then to reduce 
the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro-rata basis.

In determining FVLCS, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by the use of valuation 
multiples, quoted share prices and other available fair value indicators.

For non-financial assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication 
that previous impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, the Company 
estimates the recoverable amount of the asset or CGU. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there 
has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was 
recognized. The impairment loss to be reversed in the consolidated statements of income is limited to the recoverable amount, 
but not beyond the carrying amount, net of depreciation or amortization, that would have arisen if the prior impairment loss had 
not been recognized.

FINANCIAL ASSETS
The Company adopted IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”) with an initial application date of December 31, 2017 (see 
Note 3(t)). The Company recognizes an allowance for expected credit losses (“ECL”) for all financial assets not held at fair 
value through profit and loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the 
contract and all the cash flows that the Company expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective 
interest rate (“EIR”). The expected cash flows include cash flows from the sale, collateral held and other credit enhancements 
that are integral to the contractual terms.

In relation to trade receivables, the Company records ECLs on the entire accounts receivable balance. The Company applies the 
simplified approach and calculates the lifetime ECLs based on an established provision matrix that considers the Company’s 
historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the Company’s customers and the economic 
environment. The carrying amount of the asset or group of assets is reduced through use of an ECL account and the loss is 
recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off to the extent 
that there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

(k) Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets

All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. In those cases where the possible 
outflow of economic resources as a result of present obligations is considered improbable or remote, no liability is recognized. 
When the Company expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but 
only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in the consolidated statements of 
income net of any reimbursement, when the reimbursement is realized in the same reporting period as the related expense.

Possible inflows of economic benefits to the Company are considered contingent assets when the possible inflows become 
virtually certain.

Restructuring provisions are recognized only when the Company has a constructive obligation, which is when: (i) there is a 
detailed formal plan that identifies the business or part of the business concerned, the location and number of employees 
affected, the expenditures that will be undertaken, and the timing of when the plan will be implemented; and (ii) the employees 
affected have been notified of the plan’s main features.

(l) Future employee benefits

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS (“DBPP”)
For DBPPs and other post-employment benefits, the net periodic pension expense is actuarially determined on an annual basis 
by independent actuaries using the projected-unit-credit method pro-rated on service and management’s best estimate of 
expected salary escalation and retirement ages of employees.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements66  HIGH LINER FOODS

The determination of benefit expense requires assumptions such as the discount rate to measure the obligation, the projected 
age of employees upon retirement, the expected rate of future compensation increases and the expected mortality rate of 
pensioners. The total past-service cost arising from plan amendments is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements 
of income. The present value of the defined benefit obligation (“DBO”) is determined by discounting the estimated future 
cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits 
will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related pension liability. All actuarial gains and 
losses that arise in calculating the present value of the DBO and the fair value of plan assets are recognized immediately in 
the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. For funded plans, surpluses are recognized only to the extent that the 
surplus is considered recoverable. Recoverability is primarily based on the extent to which the Company can unilaterally reduce 
future contributions to the plan.

Fair value is based on market price information, and in the case of quoted securities, is the published bid price. The value of any 
defined benefit asset recognized is restricted to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from 
the plan or reductions in the future contributions to the plan.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PENSION PLANS (“DCPP”)
A DCPP is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no 
legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to DCPPs are recognized as an employee 
benefit expense in the consolidated statements of income in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

SHORT-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is 
provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or incentive plans if the 
Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, 
and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

TERMINATION BENEFITS
Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is committed demonstrably, without realistic possibility 
of withdrawal, to a formal detailed plan to either terminate employment before the normal retirement date or to provide 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits payable more than twelve months 
after the reporting period are discounted to their present value.

(m) Revenue recognition

Revenue from the sale of products is recognized when the terms of a contract with a customer has been satisfied, which occurs 
when control has been transferred to customers, either upon delivery to or pick-up by the customer. Revenue is measured 
as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive, and varies with changes in marketing programs provided to 
customers, including volume rebates, cooperative advertising and other trade marketing programs that promote the Company’s 
products. Revenue from customer contracts is recognized based on the price specified in the contract, net of the estimated 
trade marketing programs. Accumulated historical experience is used to estimate and accrue for the trade marketing programs, 
using the expected value method or most likely method, depending on the program. Revenue is only recognized to the extent 
that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.

A receivable is recognized when the goods are delivered or picked up by the customer as this is the point in time that the 
consideration is unconditional because only the passage of time is required before the payment is due. The Company has 
determined that no significant financing components exist with respect to contracts with customers, as account receivables 
bear normal commercial credit terms and are non-interest bearing.

The Company has elected to apply the practical expedient and will recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an 
expense when incurred because the amortization period of the asset that the Company otherwise would have recognized is less 
than one year. See Note 3(t) for further details on the transition to IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  67

(n) Share-based compensation

EQUITY-SETTLED TRANSACTIONS
The Company measures all equity-settled share-based awards made to employees and others providing similar services 
(collectively, “employees”) based on the fair value of the options or units on the date of grant. The grant date fair value of stock 
options is estimated using an option pricing model and is recognized as employee benefits expense over the vesting period, 
based on the number of options that are expected to vest, with a corresponding increase recognized in contributed surplus. 
The fair value estimate requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the pricing model, including the expected life, 
volatility, and dividend yield, which are fully described in Note 17. The grant date fair value of equity-settled deferred share units, 
performance share units and restricted share units is determined based on the market value of the Company’s shares on the 
date of grant, and is expensed over the vesting period based on the estimated number of units that are expected to vest.

Service and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of 
awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Company’s best estimate of the number of 
equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value. 
Any other conditions attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting 
conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of the award and lead to an immediate expensing of an award 
unless there are also service and/or performance conditions. See Note 3(t) for further details regarding final transition to IFRS 2, 
Share-based Payment (“IFRS 2”).

When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, the minimum expense recognized is the expense had the terms 
not been modified, if the original terms of the award are met. An additional expense is recognized for any modification 
that increases the total fair value of the share-based compensation payments or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as 
measured at the date of modification.

CASH-SETTLED TRANSACTIONS
The cost of cash-settled transactions is initially measured at fair value using the Company’s share price at the award grant 
date and is remeasured at each reporting date using the market value of the Company’s shares. The Company recognizes the 
fair value of the amount payable to employees as compensation expense as it is earned, based on the estimated number of 
units expected to vest with a corresponding change to the liability. The approach used to account for vesting conditions when 
measuring equity-settled transactions also applies to cash-settled transactions.

In the case of stock options issued with tandem share appreciation rights (“SARs”), if employees elect to exercise their options 
for shares, thereby cancelling the SARs, share capital is increased by the sum of the consideration paid by employees and the 
liability is reversed, with any difference being recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

(o) Income taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income taxes, and is recognized in the consolidated statements of income, 
except to the extent that it relates to a business combination or to items recognized directly in equity or OCI.

Current income tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year using tax rates that are 
enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to taxes payable or receivable in respect of previous 
years. Current income tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current income tax assets 
and liabilities and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity or on different taxable 
entities but the entity intends to settle current income tax assets and liabilities on a net basis or their income tax assets and 
liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

Deferred income tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred income tax is not recognized for 
the following temporary differences: (i) the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business 
combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; (ii) differences relating to investments in subsidiaries 
and jointly controlled entities to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future and the timing 
of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled, and (iii) taxable temporary differences arising on the initial 
recognition of goodwill which is not deductible for tax purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
enacted or substantively enacted rate that is expected to apply when the related temporary differences reverse.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements68  HIGH LINER FOODS

A deferred income tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent 
it is probable future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred income tax assets are reviewed 
at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent it is no longer probable the related tax benefit will be realized.

(p) Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number 
of shares outstanding during the period, accounting for any changes to the number of shares outstanding, except those 
transactions affecting the number of shares outstanding without a corresponding change in resources.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to equity holders by the weighted average number 
of shares outstanding adjusted for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Potentially dilutive shares are only those shares 
that would result in a decrease to earnings per share or increase to loss per share. Dilutive shares are calculated using the 
treasury method for stock options, which assumes that outstanding units with an average exercise price below the market price 
of the underlying shares are exercised and the assumed proceeds are used to repurchase common shares of the Company at 
the average market price of the common shares for the period. The if-converted method is used for other share-based units, and 
assumes that all units have been converted in determining diluted earnings per share if they are in-the-money, except where 
such conversion would be anti-dilutive.

(q) Financial instruments

Financial instruments are measured at fair value on initial recognition of the instrument. The classification of financial assets 
at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the Company’s business model 
for managing them. With the exception of trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component and financial 
assets at fair value through profit or loss, the Company initially measures a financial asset at its fair value including related 
transaction costs. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component are measured at the transaction price 
determined under IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (see Note 3(m)). In order for a financial asset to be classified 
and measured at amortized cost or fair value through OCI, it needs to give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the principal amount outstanding, which is the Company’s business model. This assessment 
is referred to as the SPPI test and is performed at an instrument level. All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value, 
and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

Measurement in subsequent periods depends on whether the financial instrument has been classified as: (i) financial asset at 
fair value through profit or loss, (ii) financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, (iii) financial assets at 
amortized cost, (iv) financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, or (v) financial liabilities at amortized cost.

FINANCIAL ASSETS OR LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS (“FVTPL”)
Financial assets and liabilities at FVTPL include financial instruments which are held-for-trading (“HFT”), financial instruments 
that are designated as FVTPL upon initial recognition, and financial instruments required to be measured at fair value. Financial 
instruments are classified as HFT if they are acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term. Financial 
instruments at FVTPL are carried in the consolidated statements of financial position at fair value with net changes in fair value 
presented as finance costs or finance income in the consolidated statements of income.

ASSETS AT AMORTIZED COST
Financial assets at amortized cost are non-derivative financial assets which are classified as such if the following conditions 
are met: (i) the financial asset is held within a business model with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect 
contractual cash flows, and (ii) the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that 
are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. After initial measurement, such financial 
assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the EIR method, less any impairment. Amortized cost is calculated 
by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR 
amortization is included in finance costs in the consolidated statements of income. Any losses arising from impairment are 
recognized in the consolidated statements of income in finance costs for loans and in selling, general and administrative 
expenses for receivables.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  69

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTIZED COST
Financial liabilities at amortized cost generally include interest-bearing loans and borrowings. After initial recognition, 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the EIR method. Gains and losses 
are recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the liabilities are derecognized as well as through the EIR 
amortization process. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or 
costs that are an integral part of the EIR. Transaction costs are combined with the fair value of the financial liability on initial 
recognition and amortized using the EIR method.

DERECOGNITION OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
A financial asset is derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, the Company transfers 
its contractual rights to receive cash flows without retaining control or substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of 
the asset, or the Company enters into a pass-through arrangement. A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation 
under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. When an existing liability is replaced by another from the same lender 
on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially different, such an exchange or substantial 
modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in the 
respective carrying amounts is recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Transaction costs related to the original 
financial liability are expensed in the event of an exchange or substantial modification, or if the terms of a modification are not 
substantially different, the transaction costs related to the original financial liability are combined with the new carrying amount, 
and amortized over the new term of the financial liability using the EIR method.

The Company’s financial instruments are classified and subsequently measured as follows:

Asset/liability

Cash

Accounts receivable

Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate swaps

Bank loans

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Provisions

Long-term debt

Finance lease obligations

(r) Fair value measurement

Classification

Subsequent measurement

Financial assets at amortized cost

Financial assets at amortized cost

Fair value through profit or loss

Fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Fair value

Fair value

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Amortized cost

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that 
market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best 
interest. The Company uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data is 
available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements are categorized 
within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value 
measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or 

indirectly observable; or

•  Level 3 – Valuation techniques for which the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements70  HIGH LINER FOODS

For assets and liabilities that are recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements on a recurring basis, the Company 
determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorization (based on the 
lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Company has determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the nature, 
characteristics and risks of the asset or liability, and the level of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.

(s) Derivative instruments and hedging

All derivative instruments, including embedded derivatives that are not closely related to the host contract, are recorded in the 
consolidated statements of financial position at fair value on the date a contract is entered into and subsequently remeasured 
at fair value. At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Company formally designates and documents the hedge relationship 
to which the Company wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking 
the hedge. The documentation includes identification of the hedge instrument, the hedged item of the transaction, the nature 
of the risk being hedged and how the Company will assess whether the hedging relationship meets the hedge effectiveness 
requirements (including the analysis of sources of hedge ineffectiveness and how the hedge ratio is determined). A hedging 
relationship qualifies for hedge accounting if it meets all of the following effectiveness requirements:

•  There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;

•  The effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship; and

•  The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the 

Company actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Company actually uses to hedge that quantity 
of hedged item. 

Hedges that meet all the qualifying criteria for hedge accounting are accounted for as described below. The method of 
recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and the nature of 
the hedge designation. The Company designates certain derivatives as one of the following:

(i)  Embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of 
income. Reassessment only occurs if there is either a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the 
cash flows that would otherwise be required or a reclassification of a financial asset or financial liability out of FVTPL.

(ii)  Fair value hedges are hedges of the fair value of recognized assets, liabilities or a firm commitment. Changes in the fair 
value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated statements of income 
together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk.

(iii) Cash flow hedges are hedges of highly probable forecasted transactions. The effective portion of changes in the fair value 

of derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges are recognized in OCI. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective 
portion is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of income. Additionally:

•  Amounts accumulated in OCI are recycled to the consolidated statements of income in the period when the hedged 

item affects profit and loss;

•  When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any 
cumulative gain or loss that was reported in OCI remains in AOCI and is recognized in the consolidated statements of 
income when the forecasted transaction ultimately affects profit and loss; and

•  When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in OCI is 

immediately recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

(iv)  Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are accounted for in a way similar to cash flow hedges. Gains or losses 
on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge are recognized in OCI while any gains or 
losses relating to the ineffective portion are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. On disposal of the 
foreign operation, the cumulative value of any such gains or losses recorded in AOCI is transferred to the consolidated 
statements of income.

(v)  Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain of the Company’s derivative instruments, while providing effective economic hedges, are not designated as 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  71

hedges for accounting purposes. Changes in the fair value of any derivatives that are not designated as hedges for 
accounting purposes are recognized as finance costs in the consolidated statements of income consistent with the 
underlying nature and purpose of the derivative instruments.

(t) New standards, interpretations and amendments thereof, adopted by the Company

The Company transitioned to the following new standards and amendments that were effective for annual periods beginning on 
January 1, 2018 and that the Company has adopted on December 31, 2017:

IFRS 2, SHARE-BASED PAYMENT
In June 2016, the IASB issued final amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment, clarifying how to account for certain types 
of share-based payment transactions. The amendments, which were developed through the IFRS Interpretations Committee, 
provide requirements on the accounting for: (i) the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on the measurement of 
cash-settled share-based payments; (ii) share-based payment transactions with a net settlement feature for withholding tax 
obligations; and (iii) a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the classification of the 
transaction from cash-settled to equity-settled. The Company has adopted the amendments to IFRS 2; however they did not 
have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

IFRS 9, FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS: CLASSIFICATION AND MEASUREMENT
In 2015, the IASB issued the final version of the amendments to IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, issued in 2010, which replaced 
IAS 39. The replacement of IAS 39 is a three-phase project with the objective of improving and simplifying the reporting for 
financial instruments. The issuance of IFRS 9 provides guidance on the classification and measurement of financial assets and 
financial liabilities, and a new hedge accounting model with corresponding disclosures about risk management activity. With 
the exception of hedge accounting, which the Company applied prospectively, the Company has applied IFRS 9 retrospectively, 
with the initial application date of December 31, 2017. The Company performed a detailed impact assessment of all three 
aspects of IFRS 9; however, as discussed below, they did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements 
and no adjustments to the comparative information for the period beginning January 1, 2017 were required.

•  The Company did not identify any changes to the classification and measurement of the existing financial instruments upon 

applying IFRS 9, other than a change in the classification of cash and accounts receivable from loans and receivables to 
financial assets at amortized cost, which had no impact on measurement of these financial instruments. The changes in the 
Company’s classification of financial instruments are as follows:

Asset/liability

Cash

Accounts receivable

Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate swaps

Bank loans

IFRS 9 – Classification

IAS 39 – Classification

Financial assets at amortized cost

Loans and receivables

Financial assets at amortized cost

Loans and receivables

Fair value through profit or loss

Fair value through profit or loss

Fair value through profit or loss

Fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Other financial liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Long-term debt

Finance lease obligations

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Other financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Other financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Other financial liabilities

•  The adoption of IFRS 9 has fundamentally changed the Company’s accounting for impairment losses for financial assets by 
replacing IAS 39’s incurred loss approach with a forward-looking expected credit loss (“ECL”) approach. IFRS 9 requires the 
Company to record ECL on the entire accounts receivable balance. The Company has applied the simplified approach and 
has calculated the lifetime ECLs based on an established provision matrix that considers the Company’s historical credit loss 
experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the Company’s customers and the economic environment. The 
adoption of the ECL requirements of IFRS 9 had an immaterial impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements (see Note 7).

•  The Company has concluded that all existing hedge relationships that are currently designated in effective hedging 

relationships will continue to qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9. As IFRS 9 does not change the general principles of 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements72  HIGH LINER FOODS

how an entity accounts for effective hedges, applying the hedging requirements of IFRS 9 does not have an impact on the 
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

IFRS 15, REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which replaces IAS 18, Revenue, IAS 11, Construction 
Contracts and various revenue-related interpretations. IFRS 15 establishes a new control-based revenue recognition model where 
revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for 
transferring goods or services to a customer. The standard is applicable to all contracts the Company has with customers. The 
Company has elected to adopt the standard using the full retrospective method and applied the completed contract practical 
expedients, which allows the Company to exclude completed contracts that began and ended in the same annual reporting 
period and those contracts that were complete at the beginning of the earliest period presented. For completed contracts 
with variable consideration, the Company applied the practical expedient and has used the transaction price at the date when 
the contract was completed rather than estimating the variable consideration amounts in the comparative reporting periods 
because the Company has concluded that the difference was immaterial. 

The Company has applied the new standard and did not identify any material impacts on the consolidated statements of financial 
position or income upon initial application. Specifically, the adoption of IFRS 15 did not result in any material refinements to the 
current estimation methodologies or the timing of the recognition of estimates in relation to the Company’s trade marketing 
programs. However, the following two presentation differences on the consolidated statements of income have been identified: 

•  The Company receives donated product at no cost from the United States Department of Agriculture for the purpose of 

processing the product for distribution to eligible recipient agencies. IFRS 15 requires the Company to include the fair value 
of the donated product in the transaction price recognized on the sale of the finished products. This will increase both the 
revenue recorded upon distribution to the eligible agencies and the related cost of sales (by an equivalent amount), as 
compared to the Company’s historical accounting treatment.

•  The Company identified payments made to a customer that were accounted for as a reduction of revenue under IFRS 15. 
This decreased revenue and the related cost of sales by an equivalent amount, as compared to the Company’s historical 
accounting treatment.

If the Company did not elect to use the completed contract practical expedient, revenue and cost of sales in the comparative 
period would require adjustments, with no resulting impact on net income, as follows:

•  The Company would have recognized $4.7 million of incremental revenue and cost of sales on the sale of donated finished 

products for the fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017.

•  The Company would have decreased revenue and cost of sales recorded by $0.6 million for the fifty-two weeks ended 

December 30, 2017 for identified payments made to a customer that would be accounted for as a reduction of revenue under 
IFRS 15. 

(u) Accounting pronouncements issued but not yet effective

The standards, amendments and interpretations that have been issued, but are not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of 
these financial statements are disclosed below. The Company intends to adopt these standards when they become effective.

IFRS 16, LEASES
In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases, which replaces IAS 17, Leases, and its associated interpretive guidance. 
The new standard brings most leases on-balance sheet for lessees under a single model, eliminating the distinction between 
operating and finance leases. Lessor accounting, however, remains largely unchanged and the distinction between operating and 
finance leases is retained. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with early adoption 
permitted if entities have also applied IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company has substantially completed the assessment of IFRS 16 and the impact the new standard will have on the 
consolidated financial statements, which will be significant as the Company will recognize new assets and liabilities for most of 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  73

the leases that are currently classified as operating leases. In addition, the nature and timing of expenses related to those leases 
will change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with depreciation expense for right-of-use assets and 
an interest expense on the lease liabilities. The standard permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each reporting 
period presented (full retrospective method), or retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance 
recognized at the date of initial application (modified retrospective method). The Company has decided to adopt the standard 
on December 30, 2018 using the modified retrospective method with certain practical expedients that are available under this 
method. The Company has reached conclusions on key accounting policies upon transition to IFRS 16. The Company will finalize 
the impact of the new standard and disclosures on the consolidated financial statements during the first quarter of Fiscal 2019. 

IAS 19, EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
In February 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19, Employee Benefits (“IAS 19”), which addresses the accounting when a 
plan amendment, curtailment or settlement occurs during the reporting period. The current service cost and net interest for the 
remainder of the period after the plan amendment, curtailment or settlement should reflect the updated actuarial assumptions 
after such an event. The amendments apply to plan amendments, curtailments, or settlements that occur on or after January 1, 
2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated 
financial statements. 

IFRIC INTERPRETATION 23, UNCERTAINTY OVER INCOME TAX TREATMENT 
The IFRS Interpretation Committee issued an Interpretation to address the accounting for income taxes when treatments 
involve uncertainty that affects the application of IAS 12, Income Taxes (“IAS 12”) and does not apply to taxes or levies outside 
the scope of IAS 12, nor does it specifically include requirements relating to interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax 
treatments. The Interpretation specifically addresses the following: 

•  Whether an entity considers uncertain tax treatments separately;

•  The assumptions an entity makes about the examination of tax treatments by taxation authorities;

•  How an entity determines taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates; and

•  How an entity considers changes in facts and circumstances. 

An entity has to determine whether to consider each uncertain tax treatment separately or together with one or more 
other uncertain tax treatments. The approach that better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty should be followed. The 
Interpretation is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, but certain transition reliefs are 
available. The Company will apply the interpretation from the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of 
the Interpretation on its consolidated financial statements. 

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgments
The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make critical judgments, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying 
notes. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates the judgments, estimates and assumptions using historical experience 
and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the given circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from these 
estimates and could require a material adjustment to the reported carrying amounts in the future.

The most significant estimates made by management include the following:

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Company’s estimate of the recoverable amount for the purpose of impairment testing requires management to make 
assumptions regarding future cash flows before taxes. Future cash flows are estimated based on multi-year extrapolation of the 
most recent historical actual results and/or budgets, and a terminal value calculated by discounting the final year in perpetuity. 
The future cash flows are then discounted to their present value using an appropriate discount rate that incorporates a risk 
premium specific to each business. Further details, including the manner in which the Company identifies its CGUs, and the key 
assumptions used in determining the recoverable amounts, are disclosed in Note 10.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements74  HIGH LINER FOODS

Future employee benefits

The cost of the defined benefit pension plan and other post-employment benefits and the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation are determined using actuarial valuations. An actuarial valuation involves making various assumptions, including the 
discount rate, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases. In determining the appropriate discount rate, 
management considers the interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the 
benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related pension liability. Interest income on 
plan assets is a component of the return on plan assets and is determined by multiplying the fair value of the plan assets by the 
discount rate. See Note 15 for certain assumptions made with respect to future employee benefits.

Income taxes

The estimation of income taxes includes evaluating the recoverability of deferred tax assets based on an assessment of the 
Company’s ability to utilize the underlying future tax deductions against future taxable income before they expire. The Company’s 
assessment is based upon existing tax laws and estimates of future taxable income. If the assessment of the Company’s ability 
to utilize the underlying future tax deductions changes, the Company would be required to recognize more or fewer of the tax 
deductions as assets, which would decrease or increase the income tax expense in the period in which this is determined.

There are transactions and calculations during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is 
uncertain. The Company maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that are believed to appropriately reflect the risk with 
respect to tax matters under active discussion, audit, dispute or appeal with tax authorities, or which are otherwise considered 
to involve uncertainty. These provisions for uncertain tax positions are made using the best estimate of the amount expected 
to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. The Company reviews the adequacy of these provisions 
at each reporting date; however, it is possible that at some future date, an additional liability could result from audits by taxing 
authorities. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such 
differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

Fair value of financial instruments

Where the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position 
cannot be derived from active markets, their fair value is determined using valuation techniques including the discounted cash 
flow model. The inputs to these models are taken from observable markets where possible, but where this is not feasible, a 
degree of estimation is required in establishing fair values. The estimates include considerations of inputs such as liquidity risk, 
credit risk and volatility. Changes in these inputs could affect the reported fair value of financial instruments. 

Sales and marketing accruals

The Company estimates variable consideration to determine the costs associated with the sale of product to be allocated to 
certain variable sales and marketing expenses, including volume rebates and other sales volume discounts, coupon redemption 
costs, costs incurred related to damages and other trade marketing programs. The Company’s estimates include consideration 
of historical data and trends, combined with future expectations of sales volume, with estimates being reviewed on a frequent 
basis for reasonability.

The most significant judgments made by management include the following:

Impairment of non-financial assets

Assessment of impairment triggers are based on management’s judgement of whether there are sufficient internal and external 
factors that would indicate an asset or CGU is impaired, or any indicators of impairment reversal, which would require a 
quarterly impairment test. The determination of the Company’s CGUs is also based on management’s judgement and is an 
assessment of the smallest group of assets that generate cash inflows independently of other assets.

Income taxes

The Company is subject to income tax in various jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required to determine the consolidated 
tax provision. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute income tax are those that are enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date in the countries where the Company operates and generates taxable income.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  75

5. Business combinations
Acquisition of Rubicon Resources, LLC

On May 30, 2017, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding interests in Rubicon Resources, LLC (“Rubicon”), a privately 
held U.S.-based company engaged principally in the import and distribution of sustainably sourced frozen shrimp products 
in the private-label U.S. retail market. The Company believes this acquisition will provide a strong platform for growth in this 
key species. The transaction also includes a five-year renewable supply agreement with Rubicon’s supply partners based on 
mutually acceptable terms. The results of Rubicon have been consolidated with the results of the Company commencing on 
May 30, 2017.

After working capital adjustments and cash acquired as part of the acquisition, the Company paid $100.6 million to acquire 
100% of the outstanding interests in Rubicon. The purchase consideration was settled in cash ($75.0 million), and in common 
shares ($25.8 million or 2.43 million shares). The share consideration is subject to a three-year standstill agreement during 
which time the sellers are not permitted to sell the shares (except in limited circumstances).

The acquisition was financed using the Company’s existing asset-based revolving credit facility (“ABL”, see Note 11); 
however, on June 6, 2017, the Company refinanced a portion of this additional ABL debt to a fixed term by replacing it with a 
$70.0 million addition to the senior secured term loan (see Note 14).

The total consideration paid of $100.6 million was calculated as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

Cash

Common shares, net of discount

Post-closing working capital adjustments

Net purchase consideration recorded

$  

75,000

25,758

(119)

$  

100,639

For accounting purposes, the consideration transferred for the acquired business includes a discount on the value of the 
common shares reflecting the trading restrictions placed on the shares.

In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the underlying assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. Fair values were determined based on discounted 
cash flows and quoted market prices.

The following sets forth the final allocation of the purchase price to assets and liabilities acquired, based on the final estimate of 
the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities recognized on the acquisition date.

(Amounts in $000s)

Assets

Cash

Accounts receivable

Prepaid expenses

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred income taxes

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

Final fair value 
recognized on 
acquisition

$  

89

14,273

293

58,631

184

6,683

57,785

39,105

177,043

(76,404)

$  

100,639

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements76  HIGH LINER FOODS

Receivables acquired were primarily comprised of receivables from Rubicon’s customers and have been collected subsequent to 
the acquisition. Therefore, no allowance was recorded against these amounts.

Goodwill recorded on this transaction represents the value anticipated to be created from the Company’s ability to grow sales 
of shrimp throughout its operations. The goodwill, with a tax basis of $44.4 million, is deductible for income tax purposes. The 
goodwill has been allocated to the Canadian and U.S. CGUs during Fiscal 2017, based on synergies expected to be realized in 
each CGU (see Note 10).

In order to complete this acquisition, the Company incurred acquisition-related costs, in the form of advisory, legal, and 
professional fees. Acquisition-related costs totaled $0.7 million during the fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017 and have 
been included in business acquisition, integration and other expenses on the consolidated statements of income.

From the date of acquisition, Rubicon contributed $117.1 million of revenue and $3.0 million of earnings before income taxes, 
excluding one-time business acquisition costs for the fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017. Had the acquisition occurred 
as of the beginning of the annual reporting period, January 1, 2017, the revenue for the combined entity, including Rubicon, 
would have been $1.1 billion, and earnings before income taxes, excluding one-time business acquisition costs, for the combined 
entity would have been $19.5 million for the fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017.

6. Product recall
In April 2017, the Company announced a voluntary recall of certain brands of breaded fish and seafood products sold in 
Canada that may contain a milk allergen that was not declared on the ingredient label and allergen statement. The Company 
identified that the allergen had originated from ingredients supplied by one of the Company’s U.S.-based ingredient suppliers. 
Subsequently, the Company was notified by the ingredient supplier that several additional ingredients were being recalled 
due to the potential presence of undeclared milk allergens, which necessitated the expansion of the Company’s initial recall to 
include additional value-added seafood products sold in the U.S. and Canada.

As a result, during the fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017, the Company recognized $13.5 million in net losses 
associated with the product recall related to consumer refunds, customer fines, the return of product to be re-worked or 
destroyed, and incremental costs. These losses did not include any reduction in earnings as a result of lost sales opportunities 
due to limited product availability and customer shortages, or increased production costs related to the interruption of 
production at the Company’s facilities.

During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the Company recognized an $8.5 million recovery associated with the 
product recall losses from the ingredient supplier, which was recognized as business acquisition, integration and other (income) 
expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Company will continue to record future recoveries of the product recall 
losses in the period in which they occur or are virtually certain to occur, in accordance with IFRS (see Note 29, Events after the 
reporting period).

7. Accounts receivable

(Amounts in $000s)

Trade accounts receivable

Other accounts receivable

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

83,843

1,030

84,873

$ 

$ 

90,148

2,247

92,395

Accounts receivable bear normal trade credit terms and are non-interest bearing. Trade accounts receivable includes revenue 
from contracts with customers. The entire accounts receivable balance is pledged as collateral for the Company’s working 
capital facility (see Note 11), excluding the accounts receivable acquired as part of the acquisition of Rubicon (see Note 5). As 
part of the Rubicon acquisition, the Company has assumed financing arrangement guarantees for certain suppliers granting a 
security interest in substantially all of the inventory and proceeds thereon (see Note 22).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe following is a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for expected credit losses of receivables:

(Amounts in $000s)

At December 31, 2016

New provision for expected credit losses(1)

Provision utilized

Unused provision for expected credit losses reversed

At December 30, 2017

New provision for expected credit losses(1)

Provision utilized

Unused provision for expected credit losses reversed

At December 29, 2018

Annual Report 2018  77

$ 

$ 

$ 

240

287

(22)

(24)

481

273

—

(40)

714

(1)  For the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the Company recognized $0.3 million of impairment losses (fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: 

$0.3 million) related to receivables arising from contracts with customers.

The aging analysis of trade accounts receivables, based on the invoice date is as follows:

At December 30, 2017

At December 29, 2018

0–30 days

31–60 days

Over 60 days

89%

88%

10%

10%

1%

2%

8. Inventories
Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value on the consolidated statements of financial position comprise 
the following:

(Amounts in $000s)

Finished goods

Raw and semi-finished material

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

215,744

$ 

246,460

85,667

106,973

$ 

301,411

$ 

353,433

During 2018, $860.4 million (2017: $867.8 million) was recognized as an expense for inventories in cost of sales on the 
consolidated statements of income. Of this, $6.7 million (2017: $5.9 million) was written-down during the year and a reversal 
for unused impairment reserves of $0.1 million (2017: $1.2 million) was recorded. As of December 29, 2018, the value of 
inventory pledged as collateral for the Company’s working capital facility (see Note 11), which excludes inventory acquired as 
part of the Rubicon inventory acquisition (see Note 5), was $177.6 million (December 30, 2017: $230.9 million). As part of 
the Rubicon acquisition, the Company has assumed financing arrangement guarantees for certain suppliers granting a security 
interest in substantially all of the inventory and proceeds thereon (see Note 22).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements78  HIGH LINER FOODS

9. Property, plant and equipment

(Amounts in $000s)

Cost

At December 31, 2016

Additions

Acquisition

Disposals

Effect of exchange rates

At December 30, 2017

Additions

Disposals

Effect of exchange rates

At December 29, 2018

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At December 31, 2016

Depreciation and impairment

Disposals

Effect of exchange rates

At December 30, 2017

Depreciation and impairment

Disposals

Effect of exchange rates

At December 29, 2018

Net carrying value

At December 30, 2017

At December 29, 2018

Furniture, 
fixtures, and 
production 
equipment

Computer 
equipment 
  and vehicles(1)

Land and 
buildings

Total

$ 

71,953

$ 

80,007

$ 

16,245

$ 

168,205

5,217

—

(181)

1,197

12,262

—

(1,633)

1,452

1,715

184

(431)

795

19,194

184

(2,245)

3,444

$ 

78,186

$ 

92,088

$ 

18,508

$ 

188,782

1,467

(50)

(1,468)

5,774

(891)

(1,905)

1,256

(1,431)

(873)

8,497

(2,372)

(4,246)

$ 

78,135

$ 

95,066

$ 

17,460

$ 

190,661

$ 

(20,554)

$ 

(30,281)

$ 

(7,744)

$ 

(58,579)

(2,700)

75

(531)

(5,043)

1,442

(587)

(2,010)

(172)

(388)

(9,753)

1,345

(1,506)

$ 

(23,710)

$ 

(34,469)

$ 

(10,314)

$ 

(68,493)

(3,092)

(6,366)

(2,164)

(11,622)

27

698

656

805

1,112

527

1,795

2,030

$ 

(26,077)

$ 

(39,374)

$ 

(10,839)

$ 

(76,290)

$ 

$ 

54,476

52,058

$ 

$ 

57,619

55,692

$ 

$ 

8,194

6,621

$ 

$ 

120,289

114,371

(1)  The carrying value of vehicles and equipment held under finance leases at December 29, 2018 was $1.3 million (December 30, 2017: $1.6 million) and additions during 

the year were $0.6 million (December 30, 2017: $0.4 million).

An impairment loss of $1.3 million (December 30, 2017: $nil) was recorded during the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 
2018 reflecting a write-down of certain property, plant and equipment in the U.S. CGU and Canadian CGU of $1.0 million and 
$0.3 million, respectively as a result of equipment obsolescence.

The Company has a General Security Agreement that has pledged all of its property, plant and equipment as collateral for its 
bank loans and long-term debt. See Note 11 and Note 14 for further information.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements10. Goodwill and intangible assets
The Company’s intangible assets consist of brands and customer and supplier relationships that have been acquired through a 
business combination, and computer software.

Annual Report 2018  79

(Amounts in $000s)

Cost

At December 31, 2016

Additions

Effect of exchange rates

At December 30, 2017

Additions

Effect of exchange rates

At December 29, 2018

Accumulated amortization

At December 31, 2016

Amortization

Amortization on acquisition

Effect of exchange rates

At December 30, 2017

Amortization

Effect of exchange rates

At December 29, 2018

Net carrying value

At December 30, 2017

At December 29, 2018

Intangible assets

Customer 
and supplier 
relationships

 Indefinite 
lived 
brands

 Computer 
software

Total 
intangible 
assets

 Brands

Goodwill

 Total 
goodwill 
and 
intangible 
assets

$ 

6,938

$  106,988

$  14,501

$ 

1,696

$  130,123

$  118,101

$ 248,224

—

—

57,785

75

—

9

7,666

217

65,451

39,105

104,556

301

675

976

$ 

6,938

$  164,848

$  14,510

$ 

9,579

$  195,875

$  157,881

$ 353,756

—

(39)

—

(116)

—

(68)

6,113

6,113

—

6,113

(1,062)

(1,285)

(811)

(2,096)

$ 

6,899

$  164,732

$  14,442

$  14,630

$  200,703

$  157,070

$  357,773

$ 

(5,337)

$  (25,473)

$ 

(441)

$ 

— $  (31,251)

$ 

— $  (31,251)

(1,035)

—

—

(4,122)

(1,401)

(22)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,157)

(1,401)

(22)

—

—

—

(5,175)

(1,401)

(22)

$ 

(6,372)

$  (31,018)

$ 

(441)

$ 

— $  (37,831)

$ 

— $  (37,831)

(451)

39

(6,396)

82

—

30

(604)

(7,451)

22

173

—

—

(7,451)

173

$ 

(6,784)

$  (37,332)

$ 

(411)

$ 

(582)

$  (45,109)

$ 

— $  (45,109)

$ 

$ 

566

115

$  133,830

$  14,069

$ 

9,579

$  158,044

$  157,881

$ 315,925

$  127,400

$  14,031

$  14,048

$  155,594

$  157,070

$  312,664

Goodwill related to the Rubicon acquisition (see Note 5) has been allocated to the Canadian and U.S. CGUs during Fiscal 2017, 
based on synergies expected to be realized in each CGU.

The carrying amount of goodwill acquired through business combinations and brands with indefinite lives have been allocated 
to the Canadian and U.S. CGUs for impairment testing as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

Goodwill

Indefinite lived brands

Canada

U.S.

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

19,459

425

$ 

$ 

20,270

463

$ 

$ 

137,611

13,606

$ 

$ 

137,611

13,606

Impairment of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets

As described in Note 3, the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment 
annually (as at the first day of the Company’s fourth quarter). The Company’s impairment test for goodwill and intangible 
assets with indefinite useful lives was based on FVLCS at September 30, 2018, resulting in $nil impairment in the U.S. and 
Canadian CGUs, respectively (October 1, 2017: $nil, respectively). The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable 
amount for the different CGUs for the most recently completed impairment calculations for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 are 
discussed below.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements80  HIGH LINER FOODS

The Company identified additional internal and external indicators of impairment in the U.S. CGU during the fourth quarter 
of Fiscal 2018, and as a result, an additional impairment calculation was performed as at December 29, 2018. The Company 
has experienced negative trends in operating results in the U.S. business, which were further exacerbated by the uncertainty 
regarding U.S. tariffs on certain seafood products imported from China. The key assumptions used to determine the recoverable 
amount for the U.S. CGU at December 29, 2018 are also discussed below.

The recoverable amount of the CGUs has been determined based on the FVLCS, determined using an income approach using 
the discounted cash flow methodology. The fair value of the CGU must be measured using the assumptions that market 
participants would use rather than those related specifically to the Company. In addition, the market approach was employed in 
assessing the reasonableness of the conclusions reached.

INCOME APPROACH
The discounted cash flow (“DCF”) technique provides the best assessment of what each CGU could be exchanged for in an arm’s 
length transaction as fair value is represented by the present value of expected future cash flows of the business together with the 
residual value of the business at the end of the forecast period. The DCF was applied on an enterprise-value basis, where the after-
tax cash flows prior to interest expense are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). This approach requires 
assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, income margins before finance costs, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, 
capital expenditures, tax rates and discount rates.

MARKET APPROACH
It is assumed under the market approach that the value of a company reflects the price at which comparable companies in the 
same industry are purchased under similar circumstances. A comparison of a CGU to similar companies in the same industry 
whose financial information is publicly available may provide a reasonable basis to estimate fair value. Fair value under this 
approach is calculated based on EBITDA multiples and revenue multiples compared to the multiples based on publicly available 
information for comparable companies and transaction prices.

Key assumptions used in determining the FVLCS

CASH FLOW PROJECTIONS
The cash flow projections, covering a five-year period (“projection period”), were based on financial projections approved 
by management using assumptions that reflect the Company’s most likely planned course of action, given management’s 
judgment of the most probable set of economic conditions, adjusted to reflect the perspective of the expectations of a market 
participant. For the purpose of the Company’s annual impairment tests as at September 30, 2018, gross margins are based 
on actual and estimated values in the first year of the projection period, budgeted values in the second year of the projection 
period, and these are increased over the projection period for anticipated efficiency improvements and growth. For the purpose 
of the U.S. CGU test as at December 29, 2018, gross margins are based on budgeted values in the first year of the projection 
period (fiscal 2019), and these are increased over the projection period using an approximate growth rate for anticipated 
efficiency improvements. The projected gross margins are updated to reflect anticipated future changes, such as currency 
fluctuations, in the cost of inputs (primarily raw materials and commodity products used in processing), which are obtained 
from forward-looking data. Forecast figures are used where data is publicly available; otherwise, past actual raw material cost 
movements have been used combined with management’s industry experience and analysis of the seafood and commodity 
markets.

DISCOUNT RATE
The discount rate, derived from the WACC, represents the current market assessment of the risk specific to each CGU, taking 
into consideration the time value of money and individual risks that have not been incorporated in the cash flow projections. The 
discount rate was based on the weighted average cost of equity and cost of debt for comparable companies within the industry. 
The cost of equity was calculated using the capital asset pricing model. The debt component of the WACC was determined 
by using an after-tax cost of debt. The after-tax WACC applied to the Canadian CGU and U.S. CGU cash flow projections was 
10.1% and 11.2%, respectively, at September 30, 2018. The after-tax WACC applied to the U.S. CGU cash flow projections was 
11.3% at December 29, 2018 compared to the September 30, 2018 impairment test, which reflects additional uncertainty in 
cash flow projections, partially attributed to the U.S. tariffs on certain seafood products imported from China.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  81

GROWTH RATE
Growth rates used to extrapolate the Company’s projection were determined using published industry growth rates in 
combination with inflation assumptions and the input of each CGU’s management group based on historical trend analysis and 
future expectations of growth. The long-term growth rate applied to the cash flow projections of both the Canadian and U.S. 
CGUs was 2.0% at September 30, 2018 and December 29, 2018, respectively.

COSTS TO SELL
The costs to sell each CGU have been estimated at approximately 3.0% of the CGU’s enterprise value. The costs to sell reflect 
the incremental costs, excluding finance costs and income taxes, that would be directly attributable to the disposal of the CGU, 
including legal costs, marketing costs, costs of removing assets and direct incremental costs incurred in preparing the CGU for sale.

SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN ASSUMPTIONS
With regard to the assessment of the FVLCS for the Canadian CGU, management believes that no reasonably possible change 
in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of either CGU to materially exceed its recoverable amount.

With regards to the assessment of the FVLCS for the U.S. CGU, the key assumptions would have to change as follows at 
September 30, 2018 and December 29, 2018, respectively, in order to cause the recoverable amount to equal the carrying value 
of the U.S. CGU:

•  Discount rate: increase by approximately 0.5% and 0.3% as at September 30, 2018 and December 29, 2018;

•  Growth rate: decrease by approximately 1.0% and 0.5% as at September 30, 2018 and December 29, 2018;

•  Cash flow projections: management has estimated an annual growth rate for anticipated efficiency improvements that are 
based on historical returns and are applied over the projection period. If management assumes no efficiency improvements 
will be realized, the recoverable value would equal the carrying value.

11. Bank loans

(Amounts in $000s)

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

Bank loans, denominated in CAD (average variable rate of 3.95%; December 30, 2017: 3.04%)

$ 

165

$ 

Bank loans, denominated in USD (average variable rate of 4.80%; December 30, 2017: 3.64%)

Less: deferred finance costs

31,340

31,505

(353)

9,435

44,125

53,560

(208)

$ 

31,152

$ 

53,352

In April 2018, the Company amended the $180.0 million working capital facility (the “Facility”), with the Royal Bank of Canada 
as Administrative and Collateral Agent, to extend the term from April 2019 to April 2021. There were no other significant 
changes to the existing terms, other than an amendment to the standby fees paid on the unutilized facility to 0.25% (previously 
0.25% to 0.375%). The amendment to the Facility was not assessed as a substantial modification, and as a result, the deferred 
finance costs related to the original Facility continue to be amortized over the remaining term. The Facility is asset-based and 
collateralized by the Company’s inventories, accounts receivable and other personal property in Canada and the U.S., subject 
to a first charge on brands, trade names and related intangibles under the Company’s term loan facility (see Note 14), and 
excluding the assets acquired as part of the Rubicon acquisition which was closed on May 30, 2017 (see Note 5). A second 
charge over the Company’s property, plant and equipment is also in place. As at December 29, 2018, the Company had 
$118.2 million of undrawn borrowing facility (December 30, 2017: $111.8 million).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements82  HIGH LINER FOODS

As at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the Facility allowed the Company to borrow:

Canadian Prime Rate revolving loans, Canadian Base Rate revolving and U.S. Prime Rate revolving loans, at their 
 respective rates

Bankers’ Acceptances (“BA”) revolving loans, at BA rates

LIBOR revolving loans at LIBOR, at their respective rates

Letters of credit, with fees of

Standby fees, required to be paid on the unutilized facility, of

12. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

(Amounts in $000s)

Trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Employee accruals, including incentives and vacation pay

Share-based compensation (Note 17)

plus 0.00% to 0.25%

plus 1.25% to 1.75%

plus 1.25% to 1.75%

1.25% to 1.75%

0.25% and 0.25% to  
0.375%, respectively

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

146,990

$ 

194,274

10,172

—

11,546

35

$ 

157,162

$ 

205,855

Trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities are non-interest bearing. Employee accruals, including incentives and vacation 
pay, are non-interest bearing and normally settle within fifty-two weeks. Share-based payments included in the above are 
settled within fifty-two weeks.

13. Provisions
The amounts recognized in provisions include the Company’s coupon redemption costs, termination benefits (see Note 15) 
and expenditures associated with the restructuring. Employee termination benefits, when applicable, are included as other 
provisions until the amounts can be estimated with certainty, at which time they are reclassified to accounts payable and 
accrued liabilities. The following is a reconciliation of the carrying amounts:

(Amounts in $000s)

At December 30, 2017

 New provisions added

 Provisions utilized

 Reclassified to accounts payable and accrued liabilities

At December 29, 2018

Restructuring

Other

$ 

— $ 

278

$ 

3,515

(533)

(1,785)

1,049

(1,064)

—

Total

278

4,564

(1,597)

(1,785)

$ 

1,197

$ 

263

$ 

1,460

On November 7, 2018, the Company announced an organizational realignment that is expected to result in the recognition of 
termination benefits of approximately $4.9 million, of which $3.5 million was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2018. The 
restructuring is expected to be completed by the second quarter of 2019.

The Company’s provision amounts are usually settled within eleven months from initiation and, other than the restructuring 
provision, are immaterial to the Company on an individual basis. Management does not expect the outcome of any of the 
recorded amounts will give rise to any significant expense beyond the amounts recognized at December 29, 2018. The 
Company is not eligible for any reimbursement by third parties for these amounts.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements14. Long-term debt and finance lease obligations 

(Amounts in $000s)

Term loan

Less: current portion

Less: deferred finance costs

Annual Report 2018  83

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

337,926

$ 

337,926

(13,655)

324,271

(1,597)

—

337,926

(2,485)

$ 

322,674

$ 

335,441

As at December 29, 2018, the Company had a $370.0 million term loan facility with an interest rate of 3.25% plus LIBOR 
(LIBOR floor of 1.00%), maturing on April 24, 2021. The term loan facility was increased from $300.0 million to $370.0 million 
on June 6, 2017 to facilitate the Rubicon acquisition, in accordance with the term loan credit agreement, which provides for 
incremental increases that meet stated provisions, at consistent terms.

Quarterly principal repayments of $0.9 million are required on the term loan. During the fifty-two weeks ended December 31, 
2016, a mandatory prepayment of $11.8 million was made due to excess cash flows in 2015, and a voluntary repayment of 
$15.0 million was made to reduce excess cash balances. The prepayments are applied to future regularly scheduled principal 
repayments, and as such, no regularly scheduled principal repayments were paid in 2017 and 2018. As at December 29, 2018, 
the Company had a mandatory payment of $13.7 million due to excess cash flows in 2018.

Substantially all tangible and intangible assets (excluding working capital) of the Company are pledged as collateral for the term 
loan facility.

The Company has finance leases for various vehicles and other items of equipment. The principal payments required on finance 
leases are as follows:

Finance lease obligations  
(Amounts in $000s)

2019

2020

2021

2022

Less: current portion

Future 
minimum lease 
payments

Imputed 
interest

Finance lease 
liabilities

$ 

$ 

409

277

150

2

37

19

3

—

$ 

$ 

372

258

147

2

779

(372)

407

Interest payable on the various obligations ranges from fixed rates of 0% to 8.38% for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 
2018 (fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: 0% to 8.84%).

15. Future employee benefits

Non-pension benefit plan

In Canada, the Company sponsors a non-pension benefit plan for employees hired before May 19, 1993. This benefit is a paid-
up life insurance policy or a lump sum payment based on the employee’s final earnings at retirement. In both Canada and the 
U.S., the Company maintains a non-pension benefit plan for employees who retire after twenty-five years of service with the 
Company. At retirement, the benefit is a payment of $1,000 to $2,500 depending on the years of service.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements84  HIGH LINER FOODS

Defined contribution pension plans

In Canada, the Company maintains a DCPP for all salaried employees.

In the U.S., the Company maintains two DCPP under the provisions of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 
(a 401(k) Savings Plan), which covers substantially all employees of the Company’s U.S. subsidiary. The Company also makes 
a safe harbor matching contribution equal to 100% of salary deferrals (contributions to the plan) that do not exceed 3% of 
compensation plus 50% of salary deferrals between 3% and 5% of salary compensation.

In both Canada and the U.S., the Company maintains defined contribution Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”) 
to extend the same pension plan benefits to certain senior executives, as is provided to others in the DCPP who were not 
affected by income tax maximums.

Total expense and cash contributions for the Company’s DCPP was $2.0 million for the year ended December 29, 2018 
(December 30, 2017: $2.0 million).

Defined benefit pension plans

In Canada, the Company also sponsors two actively funded DBPPs. None of the Company’s pension plans provide indexation 
in retirement.

CANADIAN UNION EMPLOYEE PLAN
One of the actively funded DBPPs is for the Nova Scotia Union employees and provides a flat-dollar plan with negotiated increases.

CANADIAN MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Company sponsors a DBPP specifically for Canadian management employees (the “Management Plan”). On December 29, 
2018, six persons were enrolled as active members in the Management Plan, including one senior executive, who are Canadian 
residents and were employed prior to January 1, 2000. The objective of the Management Plan is to provide an annual pension 
(including Canada Pension Plan) of 2% of the average of a member’s highest five years’ regular earnings while a member of 
the Management Plan, multiplied by the number of years of credited service. Incentive payments are not eligible earnings for 
pension purposes. The Management Plan was grandfathered and no new entrants are permitted. All members contribute 3.25% 
of their earnings up to the Years Maximum Pensionable Earnings (“YMPE”) and 5% in excess of the YMPE to the maximum that 
a member can contribute based on income tax rules. The credited service under the Management Plan for the Canadian senior 
executive is twenty-seven years.

Upon retirement, the employees in the Management Plan are provided lifetime retirement income benefits based on their 
best five years of salary less Canada Pension Plan benefits. Full benefits are payable at age 65, or at age 60 if the executive 
has at least twenty-five years of service. The normal benefits are payable for life and 60% is payable to their spouse upon the 
employee’s death, with a guarantee of sixty months. Members can retire at age 55 with a reduction. Other levels of survivor 
benefits are offered. Instead, members can elect to take their pension benefit in a lump-sum payment at retirement.

As at December 29, 2018, the Company also guarantees through its SERP to extend the same pension plan benefits to one 
Canadian senior executive that it provides to others in the Management Plan who were not affected by income tax maximums. 
The annual pension amounts derived from the aggregate of the Management Plan and SERP benefits represent 1.3% of the five-
year average YMPE plus 2% of the salary remuneration above the five-year average YMPE. The combination of these amounts 
is multiplied by the years of service to determine the full annual pension entitlement from the two plans.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  85

U.S. MANAGEMENT PLANS
The Company also has one DBPP in the U.S. that covers two former employees. These plans have ceased to accrue benefits 
to employees.

Information regarding the Company’s DBPPs, and non-pension benefit plans in aggregate, is as follows:

Funded status  
(Amounts in $000s)

Total present value of obligations(1)(2)

Fair value of plan assets

Net accrued defined benefit obligation

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

36,903

26,118

10,785

$ 

$ 

43,066

31,843

11,223

(1)  The Company has a letter of credit outstanding as at December 29, 2018 relating to the securitization of the Company’s unfunded benefit plans under the SERP in the 

amount of $8.5 million (December 30, 2017: $9.7 million).

(2)  As at December 29, 2018, $0.9 million (December 30, 2017: $1.2 million) of the total obligation is related to non-pension benefit plans.

Movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligations  
(Amounts in $000s)

DBO at the beginning of the year

Benefits paid by the plans

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Current service costs

Interest on obligations

Employee contributions

Plan curtailment

Effect of changes in financial assumptions related to non-pension benefit plans

Effect of changes in financial assumptions

DBO at the end of the year

Movement in the present value of plan assets  
(Amounts in $000s)

Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year

Employee contributions paid into the plans

Employer contributions paid into the plans

Benefits paid by the plans

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Actual return on plan assets:

Return on plan assets

Actuarial (losses) gains in OCI

Fees and expenses

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

43,066

$ 

37,073

(2,231)

(3,446)

929

1,395

54

177

(273)

(2,768)

(1,695)

2,762

842

1,466

53

—

—

2,565

$ 

36,903

$ 

43,066

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

31,843

$ 

28,883

54

1,243

(2,165)

(2,514)

53

979

(1,695)

2,116

28,461

$ 

30,336

1,027

$ 

1,127

(3,291)

(79)

(2,343)

459

(79)

1,507

$ 

$ 

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year

$ 

26,118

$ 

31,843

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements86  HIGH LINER FOODS

Expense recognized in the consolidated statements of income 
(Amounts in $000s)

Current service costs

Interest on obligation

Return on plan assets

Plan curtailment

Effect of changes in financial assumptions related to non-pension benefit plans

Fees and expenses

Expense recognized in the following line items in the consolidated statements of income 
(Amounts in $000s)

Cost of sales

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Plan assets comprise:  
(Amounts in $000s)

Equity securities(1)

Debt securities

Cash and cash equivalents

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

929

$ 

1,395

(1,027)

177

(273)

79

842

1,466

(1,127)

—

—

79

$ 

1,280

$ 

1,260

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

968

312

730

530

1,280

$ 

1,260

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

10,760

$ 

14,522

836

13,565

17,418

860

$ 

26,118

$ 

31,843

(1)  The plan assets include CAD$1.3 million of the Company’s own common shares at market value at December 29, 2018 (December 30, 2017: CAD$2.7 million).

Actuarial (gains) losses recognized in OCI 
(Amounts in $000s)

Cumulative amount at the beginning of the year

Recognized during the period

Effect of exchange rates

Cumulative amount at the end of the year

Principal actuarial assumptions  
(Expressed as weighted averages)

Discount rate for the benefit cost for the year ended

Discount rate for the accrued benefit obligation as at year-end

Expected long-term rate on plan assets as at year-end

Future compensation increases for the benefit cost for the year ended

Future compensation increases for the accrued benefit obligation as at year-end

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

8,234

$ 

499

(640)

$ 

8,093

$ 

5,596

2,182

456

8,234

December 29, 
2018 
%

December 30, 
2017 
%

3.40

3.92

3.40

3.00

3.00

3.82

3.40

3.82

3.00

3.00

A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant assumptions as at December 29, 2018 is shown below:

(Amounts in $000s)

Sensitivity level

(Decrease) increase on DBO

Discount rate

Mortality rate

0.5%  
increase

0.5%  
decrease

One-year 
increase

One-year 
decrease

$ 

(2,252)

$ 

2,498

$ 

1,001

$ 

(1,037)

The sensitivity analysis above has been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the net DBO as a result 
of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period. An analysis on salary increases and 
decreases is not material. The Company expects CAD$2.1 million in contributions to be paid to its DBPP and CAD$2.4 million 
to its DCPP in Fiscal 2019.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  87

Short-term employee benefits

The Company has recognized severance and retention benefits that were dependent upon the continuing provision of services 
through to certain pre-defined dates, which for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 was an expense of $1.2 million 
(December 30, 2017: $0.2 million expense) in the consolidated statements of income.

Termination benefits

The Company has also expensed termination benefits during the period, which are recorded as of the date the committed plan 
is in place and communication is made. These termination benefits relate to severance that is not based on a future service 
requirement, and are included on the following line items in the consolidated statements of income:

(Amounts in $000s)

Cost of sales

Distribution expenses

Business acquisition, integration and other expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

16. Share capital
The share capital of the Company is as follows:

Authorized:

Preference shares, par value of CAD$25 each, issuable in series

Subordinated redeemable preference shares, par value of CAD$1 each, redeemable at par

Non-voting equity shares

Common shares, without par value

Purchase of shares for cancellation

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

19

—

4,769

115

$ 

4,903

$ 

260

11

897

1,804

2,972

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

5,999,994

1,025,542

Unlimited

Unlimited

5,999,994

1,025,542

Unlimited

Unlimited

In January 2018, the Company announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange approved the renewal of the Company’s Normal 
Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”) to repurchase for cancellation up to 150,000 common shares. The price the Company will pay for 
any common shares acquired will be the market price at the time of acquisition. Purchases could commence on February 2, 
2018 and will terminate no later than February 1, 2019. During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 there were no 
purchases under this plan.

A summary of the Company’s common share transactions is as follows:

Balance, beginning of period

Shares issued on acquisition of Rubicon

Options exercised for shares

Options exercised for shares via cashless exercise method (Note 17)

Fair value of share-based compensation on options exercised

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017

Shares

($000s)

Shares

33,379,815

$ 

112,835

30,889,078

$ 

—

3,666

—

—

—

24

—

28

2,429,014

19,187

42,536

—

($000s)

86,094

25,758

140

—

843

Balance, end of period

33,383,481

$ 

112,887

33,379,815

$ 

112,835

During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the Company distributed dividends per share of CAD$0.580 (fifty-two 
weeks ended December 30, 2017: CAD$0.565).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements88  HIGH LINER FOODS

On February 27, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of CAD$0.145 per share, payable on 
March 15, 2019 to shareholders of record as of March 7, 2019.

17. Share-based compensation
The Company has a Share Option Plan (the “Option Plan”) for designated directors, officers and certain managers of the 
Company, a Performance Share Unit (“PSU”) Plan for eligible employees which includes the potential issuances of restricted 
share units (“RSU”), and a Deferred Share Unit (“DSU”) Plan for directors of the Company.

Issuances of options, RSUs and PSUs may not result in the following limitations being exceeded: (a) the aggregate number of 
shares issuable to insiders pursuant to the PSU Plan, the Option Plan or any other share-based compensation arrangement 
of the Company exceeding 10% of the aggregate of the issued and outstanding shares at any time; and (b) the issuance from 
treasury to insiders, within a twelve-month period, of an aggregate number of shares under the PSU Plan, the Option Plan 
and any other share-based compensation arrangement of the Company exceeding 10% of the aggregate of the issued and 
outstanding shares.

The carrying amount of cash-settled share-based compensation arrangements recognized in other current liabilities and other 
long-term liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial position was $0.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively, as at 
December 29, 2018 (December 30, 2017: $0.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively).

Share-based compensation expense is recognized in the consolidated statements of income as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

Cost of sales resulting from:

Equity-settled awards(1)

Selling, general and administrative expenses resulting from:

Cash-settled awards(1)

Equity-settled awards(1)

Share-based compensation expense

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 30, 
2017

$ 

49

$ 

59

200

988

$ 

1,237

$ 

256

456

771

(1)  Cash-settled awards may include options with SARs, RSUs, PSUs, and DSUs. Equity-settled awards include options.

Share Option Plan

Under the terms of the Company’s Share Option Plan, the Company may grant options to eligible participants, including: 
Directors, members of the Company’s Leadership Team, and senior managers of the Company. Shares to be optioned are not 
to exceed the aggregate number of 3,800,000 as of May 7, 2013 (adjusted for the two-for-one stock split that was effective 
May 30, 2014), representing 12.4% of the then issued and outstanding authorized shares. The option price for the shares 
cannot be less than the fair market value (as defined further in the Share Option Plan) of the optioned shares as of the date 
of grant. The term during which any option granted may be exercised may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The 
purchase price is payable in full at the time the option is exercised. Options are not transferable or assignable.

The Share Option Plan permits, at the time of granting an option, granting the right to receive, at the time of exercise and in lieu 
of the right to purchase an optioned share, a cash amount equal to the difference between the option price and the fair market 
value of the share on the date of exercise (a SAR). Effective March 29, 2013, amendments were made to eliminate the SARs on 
certain options granted in early 2012 and prior for certain Directors and officers of the Company. On a voluntary basis, these 
Directors and officers relinquished the entitlement under the SARs, resulting in 409,649 options with SARs being extinguished, 
and then reinvested as options that do not have SARs. On the amendment date, the liability of $7.6 million for these options 
with SARs was fixed, resulting in no future impact on profit or loss for the options that were vested at that time, and was 
reclassified to contributed surplus. Options with SARs are accounted for as cash-settled transactions and options without SARs 
are accounted for as equity-settled transactions.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  89

Options issued may also be awarded a cashless exercise option at the discretion of the Board, where the holder may elect to 
receive, without payment of any additional consideration, optioned shares equal to the value of the option as computed by the 
Option Plan. When the holder elects to receive the cashless exercise option, the Company accounts for these options as equity-
settled transactions.

The following table illustrates the number (“No.”) and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, 
options during the period:

Outstanding, beginning of period

Granted

Exercised for shares(2)

Exercised for shares via cashless method(1)(2)

Exercised for shares(2) 

Exercised for cash(2)

Cancelled or forfeited

Expired

Outstanding, end of period 

Exercisable, end of period 

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017

No. WAEP (CAD)

No. WAEP (CAD)

1,340,449

$ 

804,312

—

(3,666)

(3,666)

(2,000)

(169,177)

(345,237)

1,624,681

753,439

$ 

$ 

18.99

11.27

—

8.25

8.25

8.25

16.68

20.92

15.03

18.04

1,607,350

$ 

216,599

(116,384)

(19,187)

(135,571)

(10,083)

(190,997)

(146,849)

1,340,449

825,375

$ 

$ 

18.21

17.70

9.27

9.37

9.29

10.02

18.07

19.42

18.99

20.34

(1)  For the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, nil shares were issued via the cashless exercise method (fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: 42,536 shares).

(2)  The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for these options was CAD$10.79 for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 (fifty-two weeks ended 

December 30, 2017: CAD$14.62).

Set forth below is a summary of the outstanding options to purchase common shares as at December 29, 2018:

Option price (CAD)

$8.25–10.00

$10.01–15.00

$15.01–20.00

$20.01–25.00

Options outstanding

Options exercisable

Number 
outstanding

Weighted 
average 
exercise price

Average life 
(years)

Number 
exercisable

Weighted 
average 
exercise price

8,666

$ 

841,991

390,402

383,622

1,624,681

8.25

11.45

15.30

22.79

0.25

4.76

2.25

1.09

8,666

$ 

146,300

242,890

355,583

753,439

8.25

11.18

15.30

22.96

The fair value of options granted during the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 was estimated 
on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted average inputs and assumptions:

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected life (years)

Weighted average share price (CAD)

Weighted average fair value (CAD)

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

5.16

35.45

2.10

5.00

11.34

2.32

$ 

$ 

3.15

34.71

1.62

6.73

17.70

4.28

$ 

$  

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and current expectations and is not necessarily indicative of exercise 
patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the 
life of the options is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements90  HIGH LINER FOODS

Performance Share Unit Plan

The PSU Plan is intended to align the Company’s senior management with the enhancement of shareholder returns and other 
operating measures of performance. Both PSUs and RSUs may be issued under the PSU Plan to any eligible employee of the 
Company, or its subsidiaries, who have rendered meritorious services that contributed to the success of the Company. Directors 
who are not full-time employees of the Company may not participate in the PSU Plan. The Company is permitted to issue up to 
400,000 shares from treasury in settling entitlements under the PSU Plan.

The PSU plan is dilutive and units may be settled in cash or shares upon vesting. If settled in cash, the amount payable to the 
participant shall be determined by multiplying the number of PSUs or RSUs (which will be adjusted in connection with the 
payment of dividends by the Company as if such PSUs or RSUs were common shares held under a dividend reinvestment plan) 
by the fair market value of a common share at the vesting date, and in the case of PSUs, by a performance multiplier to be 
determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. If settled in shares on the vesting date, each RSU is exchanged for a common 
share, and each PSU is multiplied by a performance multiplier and then exchanged for common shares.

The following table illustrates the movements in the number of PSUs during the period:

Outstanding, beginning of period

Granted

Reinvested dividends

Released and paid in cash

Forfeited and expired

Outstanding, end of period

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 30, 
2017

263,556

730,695

31,624

(14,096)

(132,022)

879,757

216,070

95,096

9,153

(25,873)

(30,890)

263,556

The expected performance multiplier used in determining the fair value of the liability and related share-based compensation 
expense for PSUs for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 was 65% (December 30, 2017: 34%).

The following table illustrates the movements in the number of RSUs during the period:

Outstanding, beginning of period

Granted

Reinvested dividends

Forfeited

Outstanding, end of period

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 30, 
2017

72,529

213,133

16,804

(21,362)

280,562

—

70,971

2,283

(725)

72,529

The share price at the reporting date was CAD$7.30 (December 30, 2017: CAD$14.83). The PSUs will vest at the end of a 
three-year period, if agreed-upon performance measures are met (if applicable) and the RSUs will vest in accordance with the 
terms of the agreement.

Deferred Share Unit Plan

The DSU Plan allows a director to receive all or any portion of their annual retainer, additional fees and equity value in DSUs in 
lieu of cash or options. DSUs cannot be redeemed for cash until the holder is no longer a Director of the Company. These units 
are considered cash-settled share-based payment awards and are non-dilutive.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe following table illustrates the movements in the number of DSUs during the period:

Outstanding, beginning of period

Granted

Reinvested dividends

Outstanding, end of period

Annual Report 2018  91

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 30, 
2017

77,934

66,657

8,834

153,425

34,337

41,239

2,358

77,934

18. Income tax
The Company’s statutory tax rate for the year ended December 29, 2018 is 29.2% (December 30, 2017: 29.3%). The 
Company’s effective income tax rate was an expense of 26.6% for the year ended December 29, 2018 (December 30, 2017: a 
recovery of 80.5%). The higher effective income tax rate in Fiscal 2018 compared to the same period last year was attributable 
to the reduced interest expense deductibility associated with the Company’s tax efficient financing structures and the 
recognition of transitional tax benefits in the fourth quarter of 2017 triggered by the U.S. Tax Reform resulting in a revaluation of 
the deferred tax liability for changes in substantively enacted tax rates.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”) was signed into law, which reduced the U.S. federal 
corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the U.S. Tax Reform, the Company’s net 
deferred tax liability at December 30, 2017 decreased by $11.2 million.

The U.S. Tax Reform introduced other important changes in the U.S. corporate income tax laws, including the creation of a new 
Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax that subjects certain payments from U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to additional 
taxes, and limitations to certain deductions for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations. The U.S. Tax Reform also 
included an increase in bonus depreciation from 50% to 100% for qualified property placed in service after September 27, 2017 
and before 2023. Future regulations and interpretations may be issued by U.S. authorities that may also impact the Company’s 
estimates and assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions.

The major components of income tax (recovery) expense are as follows:

Consolidated statements of income  
(Amounts in $000s)

Current income tax expense (recovery)

Deferred income tax expense (recovery)

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Change in substantively enacted tax rates (U.S.)

Income tax (recovery) expense reported in the consolidated statements of income

$ 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income  
(Amounts in $000s)

Income tax expense (recovery) related to items charged or credited directly to OCI during the period:

(Loss) gain on hedge of net investment in foreign operations

Gain (loss) on translation of net investment in foreign operations

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to carrying amount of hedged item

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to income

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

Income tax expense (recovery) directly to other comprehensive income (loss)

$ 

902

$ 

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

1,583

$ 

(723)

4,507

—

4,507

6,090

(2,206)

(11,186)

(13,392)

$ 

(14,115)

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

(1,834)

$ 

1,481

1,732

1,444

(221)

(75)

(144)

(1,242)

(756)

199

177

(641)

(782)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements92  HIGH LINER FOODS

The reconciliation between income tax (recovery) expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by the Company’s 
statutory tax rate is as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

Accounting profit before tax at statutory income tax rate of 29.2% (2017: 29.3%)

Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes:

Non-deductible share-based compensation

Tax benefits not previously recognized

Other non-deductible items

Effect of (lower) higher income tax rates of U.S. subsidiary

U.S. Base Erosion & Anti-Abuse Tax

Acquisition financing structures deduction

Change in substantively enacted tax rates (U.S.)

Other

Income tax expense (recovery) 

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

6,677

$ 

5,139

220

228

325

(546)

379

(1,526)

—

333

575

(1,639)

239

1,566

—

(8,720)

(11,186)

(89)

$ 

6,090 

$ 

(14,115)

Deferred income tax  
(Amounts in $000s)

Consolidated statements of 
financial position as at

Consolidated statements of 
income for the years ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes on property, plant and equipment

$ 

(12,493)

$ 

(10,378)

$ 

(428)

$ 

Inventory

Intangible assets

Pension

Revaluation of cash flow hedges

Losses available for offset against future taxable income

Deferred charges and other

Deferred income tax recovery (expense)

Net deferred income tax liability

(3,115)

(21,397)

3,404

(392)

2,697

2,852

(93)

(21,142)

3,499

302

4,179

2,477

3,022

3,053

(32)

(479)

(742)

113

(2,621)

(1,203)

(7,879)

(46)

(10)

(884)

(749)

$ 

(28,444)

$ 

(21,156)

$ 

4,507

$ 

(13,392)

Reflected in the consolidated statements of financial position as follows:

Deferred income tax assets

Deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax liability

$ 

7

$ 

2,787

(28,451)

(23,943)

$ 

(28,444)

$ 

(21,156)

Reconciliation of net deferred income tax liabilities  
(Amounts in $000s)

Opening balance, beginning of year

Deferred income tax (expense) recovery during the period recognized in income

Deferred income tax recovery arising from a change in tax rate

Deferred income tax recovery arising from an acquisition (Note 5)

Deferred income tax reclassified to income tax receivable

Deferred income tax recovery during the period recognized in retained earnings

Deferred income tax (expense) recovery during the period recognized in OCI

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

(21,156)

$ 

(42,312)

(4,507)

—

—

(1,800)

144

(1,125)

2,206

11,186

6,683

—

641

440

Closing balance, end of year

$ 

(28,444)

$ 

(21,156)

The Company has net operating losses in its U.S. subsidiaries of $3.1 million at December 29, 2018 (December 30, 2017: 
$1.7 million) that are available to use from 2019 to 2029. A deferred income tax asset has been recognized for the amount that 
is probable to be realized.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  93

The Company had unused capital losses of $nil at December 29, 2018 (December 30, 2017: $18.4 million), which have an 
indefinite carryforward period. A deferred tax asset has only been recognized to the extent of the benefit that is probable to 
be realized.

The Company can control the distribution of profits, and accordingly, no deferred income tax liability has been recorded on the 
undistributed profit of its subsidiaries that will not be distributed in the foreseeable future.

The temporary difference associated with investments in subsidiaries, for which a deferred tax liability has not been recognized, 
is $nil at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

There are no income tax consequences attached to the payment of dividends in either 2018 or 2017 by the Company to its 
shareholders.

19. Revenue from contracts with customers

Disaggregation of revenue

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers using existing operating segments, which are based on 
geographical locations, the U.S. and Canada (see Note 24). The Company has determined that a disaggregation of revenue 
using existing segments best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by 
economic factors.

Contract liability

The Company’s contract liability consists of donated product received from the United States Department of Agriculture 
for the purpose of processing the product for distribution to eligible recipient agencies. The donated inventory is non-cash 
consideration that is recorded at the fair value of the product received. The Company has an obligation to sell the product to the 
eligible agencies at the reduced price, with the donated product being included in the transaction price recognized on the sale of 
the finished products. The Company has changed the presentation of this obligation on the consolidated statements of financial 
position and has reclassified $4.1 million as at December 30, 2017 from accounts payable and accrued liabilities to contract 
liability to reflect the terminology and the presentation requirements of IFRS 15. The contract liability continues to be classified 
as current because the Company expects to settle the obligation within twelve months from the reporting date. During the 
fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the Company recognized $5.6 million (fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: 
$6.5 million) in revenue that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period.

20. Earnings per share
Net income and basic weighted average shares outstanding are reconciled to diluted earnings and diluted weighted average 
shares outstanding, respectively, as follows:

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018

Fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017

Net income 
($000s)

$ 

$ 

16,776

—

16,776

Weighted 
average shares 
(000s)

Per share 
($)

Net income 
($000s)

Weighted 
average shares 
(000s)

33,617

$ 

0.50

$ 

31,653

32,412

$ 

2

—

—

115

33,619

$ 

0.50

$ 

31,653

32,527

$ 

Per share 
($)

0.98

—

0.97

Net income

Dilutive options

Diluted earnings

Excluded from the diluted earnings per common share calculation for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 were 
1,616,015 options, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive (December 30, 2017: 752,152 options).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements94  HIGH LINER FOODS

21. Changes in financial liabilities arising from financing activities

(Amounts in $000s)

Bank loans

Current portion of long-term debt

Other current financial liabilities

Current portion of finance lease  
 obligations

Long-term debt

Other long-term financial liabilities

Long-term finance lease obligations

Total liabilities from financing  
 activities

December 30, 
2017

Cash flows

Reclassified 
between 
current and 
non-current

 Change in 
fair values

New 
(cancelled) 
leases

 Deferred 
finance costs

December 29, 
2018

Other(1)

$  53,352

$  (21,380)

$ 

— $ 

— $ 

— $ 

(325)

$ 

(495)

$  31,152

—

1,965

—

—

13,655

—

—

(1,829)

714

(598)

407

335,441

62

407

—

—

—

(13,655)

—

(407)

—

—

(53)

—

—

—

(153)

—

—

487

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(58)

2

888

(4)

(80)

13,655

78

372

322,674

5

407

$  391,941

$  (21,978)

$ 

— $ 

(1,882)

$ 

334

$ 

(325)

$ 

253

$ 368,343

(1)  ‘Other’ includes the effect of amortization of deferred financing charges and the impact of the foreign exchange movements. The Company classifies interest paid and 

income taxes paid as cash flows from operating activities.

22. Guarantees and commitments

Guarantee of supplier financing arrangement

As part of the Rubicon acquisition (see Note 5), the Company assumed financing arrangement guarantees for certain suppliers 
that finance their exports of seafood products to Rubicon. As part of this financing arrangement, the Company has granted 
a security interest in substantially all of the inventory and proceeds thereon arising from purchases from these suppliers and 
has guaranteed the suppliers’ borrowings, to the extent that such borrowings were used in connection with the exportation of 
seafood products to Rubicon. The Company has deemed the amount of the guarantee to be the open accounts payable to these 
suppliers and as of December 29, 2018, the open accounts payable was $26.6 million.

Operating lease commitments for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Operating lease  
payments

$ 

5,537

5,234

4,067

1,454

1,450

2,444

Operating lease commitments result principally from leases for cold storage facilities, office equipment, premises and 
production equipment. Operating lease payments recognized as an expense during the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 
2018 were $5.8 million (December 30, 2017: $5.1 million).

The Company’s lease arrangements do not contain restrictions concerning dividends, additional debt, and further leasing imposed 
by the lessor, and the Company has the option, under some operating leases, to renew the contract for an additional term.

The Company had letters of credit outstanding as at December 29, 2018 relating to the procurement of inventories and the 
security of certain contractual obligations of $6.9 million (December 30, 2017: $5.0 million). The Company also had a letter of 
credit outstanding as at December 29, 2018 relating to the securitization of the Company’s SERP benefit plan (see Note 15) in 
the amount of $8.5 million (December 30, 2017: $9.7 million).

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  95

23. Related party disclosures

Entity with significant influence over the Company

As at December 29, 2018, Thornridge Holdings Limited owns 34.5% of the Company’s outstanding common shares 
(December 30, 2017: 34.5%).

Other related parties

As a result of the Rubicon acquisition, the Company has related party transactions with a company controlled by certain key 
management of Rubicon. Total purchases from related parties for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 were $nil 
(fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: $1.7 million), and as at December 29, 2018, there was $nil (December 30, 2017: 
$nil) due to the related parties. Total sales to related parties for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 were $0.9 million 
(fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: $0.2 million), and as at December 29, 2018 there was $0.5 million (December 30, 
2017: $0.2 million) due from the related parties. The Company leases an office building from a related party at an amount 
which approximates the fair market value that would be incurred if leased from a third party. The aggregate payments under 
the lease, which are measured at the exchange amount, totaled approximately $0.7 million during the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018 (fifty-two weeks ended December 30, 2017: $0.6 million).

The Company did not have any transactions during 2017 or 2018 with entities who had significant influence over the Company 
or with members of the Board of Directors and their related interests.

Key management personnel compensation

In addition to their salaries, the Company also provides benefits to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and certain senior 
executive officers in the form of contributions to post-employment benefit plans, non-cash plans and various other short- and 
long-term incentive and benefit plans. The Company has entered into Change of Control Agreements (the “Agreements”) 
with certain senior executive officers. The Agreements are automatically extended annually by one additional year unless the 
Company provides 90 days’ notice of its unwillingness to extend the agreements. The Agreements provide that in the event 
of a termination by the Company following a change of control, other than for cause or by senior executive officers for good 
reason as defined in the Agreements, senior executive officers are entitled to: (a) cash compensation equal to their final annual 
compensation (including base salary and short-term incentives) multiplied by two for all senior executive officers; (b) the 
automatic vesting of any options or other entitlements for the purchase or acquisition of shares in the capital of the Company 
which are not then exercisable, which shall be exercisable following termination for two years for all senior executive officers; 
and (c) continue to participate in certain benefit programs for two years for all senior executive officers.

The following are the amounts recognized as an expense during the reporting period related to key management 
personnel compensation:

(Amounts in $000s)

Salaries and short-term incentive plans(1)

Post-employment benefits(2)

Termination benefits(2)

Share-based compensation(3)

(1)  Short-term incentive amounts were for those earned in 2018 and 2017.

(2)  Refer to Note 15 for details of each plan.

(3)  Refer to Note 17 for details regarding the Company’s Share Option, DSU, PSU and RSU Plans.

Fifty-two 
weeks ended  
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two 
weeks ended  
December 30, 
2017

$ 

5,594

$ 

228

697

1,052

7,571

$ 

$ 

3,218

163

1,534

544

5,459

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements96  HIGH LINER FOODS

24. Operating segment information
The Company operates in one dominant industry segment, the manufacturing and marketing of prepared and packaged frozen 
seafood. The Company evaluates performance of the reportable segments on a geographical basis using net income before 
depreciation, amortization, finance costs and income taxes. The Company also reports a “Corporate” category, which does not 
qualify as a component of another reportable segment or as a separate reportable segment. Corporate includes expenses for 
corporate functions, share-based compensation costs and business acquisition, integration and other expenses. Transfer prices 
between operating segments are on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. No operating 
segments have been aggregated to form the reportable operating segments.

The operating results and identifiable assets and liabilities by reportable segment are as follows:

(Amounts in $000s)

Revenue (excluding  
 intercompany sales)

Cost of sales (excluding  
 intercompany sales)

Fifty-two weeks ended  
December 29, 2018

Fifty-two weeks ended  
December 30, 2017

Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

 Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

$  253,329

$  795,202

$ 

— $ 1,048,531

$  262,063

$  791,783

$ 

— $ 1,053,846

206,505

654,427

(558)

860,374

216,329

651,411

27

867,767

Gross profit

$  46,824

$  140,775

$ 

558 $   188,157

$  45,734

$  140,372

$ 

(27)

$  186,079

Income (loss) before income taxes

$  13,681

$  35,822

$  (26,637) $     22,866

$ 

8,853

$  34,997

$  (26,312)

$  17,538

Add-back:

Depreciation and amortization 
  included in:

Cost of sales

Distribution expenses

Selling, general and  
 administrative expenses

Total depreciation and amortization

Finance costs

Income (loss) before depreciation,  
 amortization, finance costs and  
 income taxes

1,411

147

536

2,094

—

5,218

1,335

7,049

13,602

219

—

1,856

2,075

—

21,603

6,848

1,482

9,441

17,771

21,603

1,319

150

492

1,961

—

5,073

1,320

6,727

13,120

153

—

1,077

1,230

—

16,626

6,545

1,470

8,296

16,311

16,626

$  15,775

$  49,424 

$ 

(2,959) $     62,240

$  10,814

$  48,117

$ 

(8,456)

$  50,475

(Amounts in $000s)

Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

 Canada

 U.S.

Corporate

 Total

Total assets

Total liabilities

$  171,244

$  648,318

$  17,593

$  837,155

$  172,180

$  713,729

$  22,060

$  907,969

$  52,996

$  106,374

$  413,926

$  573,296

$  51,894

$  156,821

$  430,387

$  639,102

As at December 29, 2018

As at December 30, 2017

For the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 the Company recognized $272.1 million and 
$332.7 million of sales from two customers, respectively, that represent more than 10% of the Company’s total consolidated 
sales, arising from sales in both the Canadian and U.S. reportable operating segments.

25. Fair value measurement

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Fair value measurements are required to reflect 
the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best available information 
including the risks inherent in a particular valuation technique, such as a pricing model, and the risks inherent in the inputs to 
the model. Management is responsible for valuation policies, processes and the measurement of fair value within the Company.

Financial liabilities carried at amortized cost are shown using the EIR method. Other financial assets and other financial liabilities 
represent the fair value of the Company’s foreign exchange contracts as well as the fair value of interest rate swaps on debt.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe Company uses a fair value hierarchy, based on the relative objectivity of the inputs used to measure the fair value of 
financial instruments, with Level 1 representing inputs with the highest level of objectivity and Level 3 representing inputs with 
the lowest level of objectivity. The following table sets out the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level within the fair 
value hierarchy:

Annual Report 2018  97

(Amounts in $000s)

Fair value of financial assets

Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate swaps

Fair value of financial liabilities

Interest rate swaps

Foreign exchange contracts

Long-term debt

Finance lease obligations

December 29, 2018

December 30, 2017

Level 2

Level 3

Level 2

Level 3

$ 

1,424

2,093

—

83

—

—

$ 

— $ 

—

—

—

310,647

749

$ 

501

906

367

1,660

—

—

—

—

—

—

335,711

1,129

The Company’s Level 2 derivatives are valued using valuation techniques such as forward pricing and swap models. These models 
incorporate various market-observable inputs including foreign exchange spot and forward rates, and interest rate curves.

The fair values of long-term debt instruments, classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, are estimated based on 
unobservable inputs, including discounted cash flows using current rates for similar financial instruments subject to similar risks 
and maturities, adjusted to reflect the Company’s credit risk.

The Company uses the date of the event or change in circumstances to recognize transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair 
value measurements. During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, no such transfers occurred.

The financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial position consist of long-term 
debt (including current portion) and finance lease obligations. The carrying amounts for these instruments are $336.3 million and 
$0.8 million, respectively, as at December 29, 2018 (December 30, 2017: $335.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively).

Amortized cost impact on interest expense

During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the Company expensed $0.2 million and $0.7 million (December 30, 
2017: $0.2 million and $0.6 million) of short-term and long-term interest, respectively, relating to interest that was calculated 
using the EIR method associated with transaction fees and borrowings.

The fair values of other financial assets and liabilities at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 are shown below:

(Amounts in $000s)

Financial instruments at fair value through OCI:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Interest rate swap

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss:

Foreign exchange forward contracts not designated in hedge relationships

—

—

$ 

3,517

$ 

1,407

$ 

Other financial assets

Other financial liabilities

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

$ 

1,424

2,093

$ 

501

906

83

—

—

83

$ 

$ 

1,532

367

128

2,027

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements98  HIGH LINER FOODS

Hedging activities

INTEREST RATE SWAPS
During the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, the Company had the following interest rate swaps outstanding to hedge 
interest rate risk resulting from the term loan facility (see Note 14):

Effective date

Maturity date

Receive floating rate

Pay fixed rate

Designated in a formal hedging relationship:

Notional amount 
(millions)

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2019

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

2.1700%   $ 

March 4, 2015

April 4, 2016

April 4, 2016

January 4, 2018

March 4, 2020

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

1.9150%   $ 

April 4, 2018

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

1.2325%   $ 

April 24, 2021

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

1.6700%   $ 

April 24, 2021

3-month LIBOR (floor 1.0%)

2.2200%   $ 

20.0

25.0

35.0

40.0

80.0

The cash flow hedge of interest expense variability was assessed to be highly effective for the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and therefore, the change in fair value for those interest rate swaps designated in 
a hedging relationship was included in OCI as after-tax net gains of $1.3 million and a nominal after-tax net loss, respectively.

The Company did not hold any interest rate swaps that were not designated in a formal hedging relationship during the fifty-two 
weeks ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

FOREIGN CURRENCY CONTRACTS
Foreign currency forward contracts are used to hedge foreign currency risk resulting from expected future purchases denominated 
in USD, which the Company has qualified as highly probable forecasted transactions, and to hedge foreign currency risk resulting 
from USD monetary assets and liabilities, which are not covered by natural hedges.

As at December 29, 2018, the Company had outstanding notional amounts of $23.9 million (December 30, 2017: $38.1 million) 
in foreign currency average-rate forward contracts and $1.4 million (December 30, 2017: $6.0 million) in foreign currency 
single-rate forward contracts that were formally designated as a hedge. With the exception of $0.4 million (December 30, 2017: 
$1.5 million) average-rate forward contracts with maturities ranging from January 2020 to March 2020, all foreign currency 
forward contracts have maturities that are less than one year.

The cash flow hedges of the expected future purchases were assessed to be highly effective for the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and therefore, the change in fair value was recorded in OCI as after-tax net gains 
of $2.2 million and after-tax net losses of $1.8 million, respectively. The amounts recognized in the consolidated statements 
of income resulting from hedge ineffectiveness during the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 
were nominal.

As at December 29, 2018, the Company had $nil outstanding notional amounts (December 30, 2017: $5.0 million) of foreign 
currency single-rate forward contracts outstanding to hedge foreign currency exchange risk on USD monetary assets and 
liabilities that were not formally designated as a hedge. The change in fair value for the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 
2018 and December 30, 2017 was a net gain of $0.3 million and nominal, respectively, which was recorded in the consolidated 
statements of income.

HEDGE OF NET INVESTMENT IN FOREIGN OPERATIONS
As at December 29, 2018, a total borrowing of $338.0 million ($324.3 million included in long-term debt and $13.7 million 
included in the current portion of long-term debt) (December 30, 2017: a total borrowing of $312.3 million ($5.0 million 
included in bank loans and $307.3 million included in long-term debt)) has been designated as a hedge of the net investment 
in the U.S. subsidiary and is being used to hedge the Company’s exposure to foreign exchange risk on this net investment. 
Gains or losses on the re-translation of this borrowing are transferred to OCI to offset any gains or losses on translation of 
the net investment in the U.S. subsidiary. There was no hedge ineffectiveness recognized during the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  99

26. Capital management
The primary objective of the Company’s capital management policy is to ensure a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios 
in order to support the business and maximize shareholder value. The Company defines capital as funded debt and common 
shareholder equity, including AOCI, except for gains and losses on derivatives used to hedge interest and foreign exchange cash 
flow exposure.

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions, by 
adjusting the dividend payment to shareholders, returning capital to shareholders, purchasing capital stock under a NCIB, or 
issuing new shares.

Capital distributions, including purchases of capital stock, are subject to availability under the Company’s working capital debt 
facility. The consolidated Average Adjusted Aggregate Availability under the working capital debt facility must be greater than 
$22.5 million. As at December 29, 2018, the Company has Average Adjusted Aggregate Availability of $109.8 million. The 
Company also has restrictions on capital distributions, where the aggregate amount for dividends are subject to an annual 
limit of $17.5 million with a provision to increase this amount subject to leverage and excess cash flow tests. NCIBs are subject 
to an annual limit of $10.0 million with a provision to carry forward unused amounts, subject to a maximum of $20.0 million 
per annum. For the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the Company paid $14.7 million and 
$14.4 million in dividends, respectively, and $nil under the NCIB.

The Company monitors capital (excluding letters of credit) using the ratio of net interest-bearing debt to capitalization, which 
is net interest-bearing debt divided by total capital plus net interest-bearing debt. The Company’s objective is to keep this 
ratio between 35% and 60%. Seasonal working capital debt may result in the Company exceeding the ratio at certain times 
throughout the fiscal year. The Directors of the Company have also decided that this range can be exceeded on a temporary 
basis as a result of acquisitions.

(Amounts in $000s)

Total bank loans (Note 11)

Total term loan debt (Note 14)

Total finance lease obligation (Note 14)

Interest-bearing debt

Less: cash

Net interest-bearing debt

Shareholders' equity

Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments included in AOCI

Total capitalization

Net interest-bearing debt as percentage of total capitalization

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$ 

31,505

$ 

53,560

337,926

779

370,210

(9,568)

360,642

263,859

(2,215)

337,926

1,121

392,607

(4,738)

387,869

268,867

(220)

$ 

622,286

$ 

656,516

58%

59%

No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital for the fiscal year ended December 29, 
2018 and December 30, 2017.

27. Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Company’s principal financial liabilities, other than derivatives, comprise bank loans and overdrafts, term loans, letters 
of credit, notes payable, finance leases, and trade payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the 
Company’s operations. The Company has various financial assets such as trade receivables, other accounts receivable, and 
cash, which arise directly from its operations.

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, price risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company enters 
into interest rate swaps, foreign currency contracts and insurance contracts to manage these types of risks from the Company’s 
operations and its sources of financing. The Company’s policy is that no speculative trading in derivatives shall be undertaken. 
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and approves policies for managing each of these risks, which are 
summarized below.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements100  HIGH LINER FOODS

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
market interest rates, which relates to the Company’s debt obligations with floating interest rates. The Company’s policy is to 
manage interest rate risk by having a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. The Company’s objective is to keep between 35% and 
55% of its borrowings at fixed rates of interest. To manage this, the Company enters into fixed rate debt facilities or interest rate 
swaps, in which the Company agrees to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and variable rate interest 
amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional amount. These swaps are designated to hedge the underlying debt 
obligations. Interest rate options that effectively fix the maximum rate of interest that the Company will pay may also be used 
to manage this exposure. At December 29, 2018, 45% of the Company’s borrowings, including the long-term debt and the 
working capital facility, were either hedged or at a fixed rate of interest (December 30, 2017: 51%).

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
The Company’s income before income taxes is sensitive to the impact of a change in interest rates on that portion of debt 
obligations with floating interest rates, with all other variables held constant. As at December 29, 2018, the Company’s current 
bank loans were $31.5 million (December 30, 2017: $53.6 million) and long-term debt was $324.3 million (December 30, 
2017: $337.9 million). An increase of 25 basis points on the bank loans would have reduced income before income taxes by 
$0.1 million (December 30, 2017: $0.1 million). An increase of 25 basis points above the LIBOR floor on the long-term debt 
would have reduced income before income taxes by $0.4 million (December 30, 2017: $0.3 million). A corresponding decrease 
in respective interest rates would have an approximately equal and opposite effect. There is no impact on the Company’s equity 
except through changes in income.

Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate because of changes in 
foreign exchange rates. The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the 
Parent company having a CAD functional currency, meaning that all transactions are recorded in CAD. However, as the 
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are reported in USD, the results of the Parent are converted into USD for external 
reporting purposes. Therefore, the Canadian to U.S. exchange rates (USD/CAD) impact the results reported in the Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Parent’s operating activities, including the majority of sales that are in CAD, have USD-denominated input costs. For 
products sold in Canada, raw material is purchased in USD. However, labour, packaging and ingredient conversion costs, 
overheads and selling, general and administrative costs are incurred in CAD. A strengthening Canadian dollar has an overall 
effect of increasing income before income taxes in USD terms and conversely, a weakening Canadian dollar has the overall 
effect of decreasing income before income taxes in USD terms.

The Parent hedges forecasted cash flows for purchases of USD-denominated products for the Canadian operations where the 
purchase price is substantially known in advance. At December 29, 2018, the Parent hedged 37% (December 30, 2017: 49%) 
of these purchases identified for hedging, extending to March 2020. The Company’s Price Risk Management Policy dictates that 
cash flows out fifteen months are hedged between a minimum and maximum percent that declines by quarter the further into 
the future the cash flows are. The Company does not hedge cash flows on certain USD-denominated seafood purchases in 
which the ultimate selling price charged to the Company’s Canadian customers move with changes in the USD/CAD exchange 
rates. It is the Company’s policy to set the terms of the hedge derivatives to match the terms of the hedged item to maximize 
hedge effectiveness. The Company also has foreign exchange risk related to the USD-denominated input costs of commodities 
used in its Canadian operations related to freight surcharges on transportation costs, paper products in packaging, grain and 
corn products in its breading and batters, and soya and canola bean-based cooking oils. The Company hedges these USD-
denominated input costs on a small scale, but relies where possible on three to thirty-six month, fixed price contracts in CAD 
with suppliers.

For the fifty-two weeks ended December 29, 2018, approximately 84.3% of the Parent’s costs were denominated in USD, while 
approximately 91% of the Parent’s sales were denominated in its CAD functional currency.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  101

The Parent has some assets and liabilities that are denominated in CAD, and therefore, the assets and liabilities reported in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements change as USD/CAD exchange rates fluctuate. A stronger CAD has the effect of increasing 
the carrying value of assets and liabilities such as accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and accounts 
payable of the Parent when translated to USD. The net offset of those changes flow through OCI. Based on the equity of the 
Parent as of December 29, 2018, a one-cent increase/decrease in the USD/CAD exchange rate will decrease/increase equity by 
approximately $0.7 million (December 30, 2017: $0.4 million).

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading 
to a financial loss. The Company trades only with recognized, creditworthy third parties. It is the Company’s policy that all 
customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. In addition, the Company holds credit 
insurance on its trade accounts receivable and all receivable balances are managed and monitored at the corporate level on an 
ongoing basis with the result that the Company’s exposure to bad debts is not significant. The Company’s top ten customers 
account for 67% of the trade receivables at December 29, 2018 (December 30, 2017: 68%), with the largest customer 
accounting for 14% (December 30, 2017: 14%).

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Company, which comprise cash and certain derivative 
instruments, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty. The Company manages this risk by 
dealing with financially creditworthy counterparties, such as Chartered Canadian banks and U.S. banks with investment grade 
ratings. The maximum exposure to credit risk is equal to the carrying value of accounts receivable and derivative instruments.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not have cash available to satisfy financial liabilities as they come due. The 
Company monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a detailed budgeting process that identifies financing needs for the next 
twelve months as well as the models that look out five years. Working capital and cash balances are monitored daily and a 
procurement system provides information on commitments. This process projects cash flows from operations. The Company’s 
objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts, letters of 
credit, bank loans, notes payable, and finance leases. The Company’s objective is that not more than 50% of borrowings should 
mature in the next twelve-month period. At December 29, 2018, less than 4% of the Company’s debt (December 30, 2017: 
less than 1%) will mature in less than one year based on the carrying value of borrowings reflected in the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. At December 29, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and terms of its debt facilities.

The table below shows the maturities of the Company’s non-derivative financial liabilities:

(Amounts in $000s)

Bank loans

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Contract liability

Other liabilities

Long-term debt

Finance lease obligations

As at December 29, 2018

Bank loans

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Contract liability

Other liabilities

Long-term debt

Finance lease obligations

As at December 30, 2017

Due within  
1 year

Due in  
1–5 years

Total

$ 

— $ 

31,505

$ 

31,505

157,162

4,772

245

13,655

372

—

—

1,493

324,271

407

157,162

4,772

1,738

337,926

779

$ 

176,206

$ 

357,676 

$ 

533,882

$ 

— $ 

53,560

$ 

53,560

205,855

4,055

166

—

714

—

—

1,641

337,926

407

205,855

4,055

1,807

337,926

1,121

$ 

210,790

$ 

393,534

$ 

604,324

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements102  HIGH LINER FOODS

Commodity price risk

The Company is affected by price volatility of certain commodities such as crude oil, wheat, corn, paper products, and frying 
oils. The Company’s Price Risk Management Policy dictates the use of fixed pricing with suppliers whenever possible, but allows 
the use of hedging with derivative instruments if deemed prudent. Throughout 2018 and 2017, the Company managed this 
risk through contracts with suppliers. The Company enters into fixed price contracts with suppliers on an annual basis and, 
therefore, a significant portion of the Company’s 2019 commodity purchase requirements are covered. Should an increase in the 
price of commodities materialize, there could be a negative impact on earnings performance and alternatively, a decrease in the 
price of commodities could result in a benefit to earnings performance.

Crude oil prices, which influence fuel surcharges from freight suppliers increased during 2018 compared to 2017. World 
commodity prices for flour, soy and canola oils, important ingredients in many of the Company’s products, fluctuated 
throughout the year, with flour prices increasing and soy and canola oil prices decreasing in 2018 compared to 2017. The price 
of corrugated and folding carton, which is used in packaging, increased in 2018.

Seafood price risk

The Company is dependent upon the procurement of frozen raw seafood materials and finished goods on world markets. The 
Company buys as much as $556.0 million of this product annually. A 1.0% change in the price of frozen raw seafood materials 
would increase/decrease the Company’s procurement costs by $5.6 million. Prices can fluctuate and there is no formal commercial 
mechanism for hedging either sales or purchases. Purchases of seafood on global markets are principally in USD. The Company 
hedges exposures to a portion of its currency exposures and enters into longer-term supply contracts when possible.

The Company maintains a strict policy of Supplier Approval and Audit Standards, including a diverse supplier base to ensure 
no over-reliance on any one source or species. The Company has multiple strategies to manage seafood costs, including 
purchasing significant quantities of frozen raw material and finished goods originating from all over the world. Over time, the 
Company strives to adjust selling prices to its customers as the world price of seafood changes or currency fluctuations occur.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements28. Supplemental information
The components of income and expenses included in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:

Annual Report 2018  103

(Amounts in $000s)

Included in finance costs:

Interest expense on bank loans

Interest expense on long-term debt

Deferred financing charges

Interest on letter of credit for SERP

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

Total finance costs

Foreign exchange (gain) loss included in:

Cost of sales

Finance costs

Total foreign exchange gain

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets included in:

Cost of sales

Distribution expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Total losses on disposal of assets

Employee compensation and benefit expense:

Wages and salaries (including payroll benefits)

Future employee benefit costs

Share-based compensation expense

Termination benefits

Short-term employee benefits

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 29, 
2018

Fifty-two 
weeks ended 
December 30, 
2017

$ 

2,053

$ 

18,373

874

108

195

1,453

14,456

721

119

(123)

$ 

21,603

$ 

16,626

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(573)

$ 

195

(378)

$ 

(13)

(122)

(135)

$ 

240

10

(84)

166

$ 

179

59

496

734

$ 

97,445

$ 

102,198

3,264

1,237

4,903

1,197

3,088

771

2,972

153

Total employee compensation and benefit expense

$ 

108,046

$ 

109,182

29. Events after the reporting period

Product recall

Subsequent to December 29, 2018, the Company recovered an additional $8.5 million associated with the product recall from 
the ingredient supplier, for a total recovery of $17.0 million (see Note 6). This additional recovery will be recognized during the 
first quarter of 2019, reflecting the period in which the recovery became virtually certain, in accordance with IFRS. No further 
recoveries are expected.

As a result, the Company has fully recovered the $13.5 million in losses recognized during the fifty-two weeks ended 
December 30, 2017 related to consumer refunds, customer fines, the return of product to be re-worked or destroyed, and direct 
incremental costs, and an additional $3.5 million related to lost sales opportunities and increased production costs.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements104  HIGH LINER FOODS

Historical Consolidated Statement of Income (unaudited)

(in thousands of USD, except per share 
 amounts, unless otherwise noted)
Revenues

Gross profit

Distribution expenses

Selling, general and administrative  
 expenses

Impairment of property, plant and  
 equipment

Business acquisition, integration  
 and other (income) expenses

Finance costs

(Income) loss from equity accounted 
 investee, net of income tax

Non-operating items and gain on  
 disposal of assets

Income before income taxes

Income taxes

Current

Deferred

Total income tax expense (recovery) 

Net income

Reconciliation to EBITDA:

Net income

Add-back:

Income tax expense (recovery) 

Finance costs

Amortization of intangible assets

Depreciation

Standardized EBITDA

Add-back:

Business acquisition, integration and  
 other (income) expenses

Impairment of property, plant and  
 equipment

Increase in cost of sales due to  
 purchase price allocation to  
 inventory

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

Share-based compensation expense 

Non-operating items

Adjusted EBITDA

Reconciliation to Adjusted Net Income:

Net income

Add-back, after-tax:

2018
$ 1,048,531

188,157

52,649

2017(1)

2016(1)

2015(1)

$ 1,053,846

$  954,986

$  999,471

186,079

49,827

201,807

43,610

199,627

48,037

2014
$ 1,051,613

220,405

52,558

2013(2)

2012
(2) (3)

2011
(2) (3) (4)

2010
(2) (3) (4)

2009
(2) (3) (4)

$  947,301

$  942,631

$  675,539

$  567,572

$  549,922

215,335

53,368

206,661

44,511

153,530

35,382

133,169

29,149

117,953

28,383

92,208

99,449

96,978

93,597

105,313

98,820

100,862

72,898

66,565

58,787

1,302

—

2,327

—

852

—

13,230

—

—

—

(2,471)

21,603

2,639

16,626

4,787

14,296

7,473

16,247

6,582

17,569

3,256

16,329

10,741

36,585

11,049

6,019

870

5,025

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(86)

—

22,866

17,538

39,809

34,273

37,531

43,648

196

—

536

52

—

(16)

—

28,130

31,576

1,583

4,507

6,090

(723)

(13,392)

(14,115)

8,514

(989)

7,525

5,184

738

5,922

3,906

3,325

7,231

12,378

(86)

12,292

5,442

(7,109)

(1,667)

5,762

3,708

9,470

6,220

6,057

12,277

403

4,895

—

808

24,677

2,234

5,130

7,364

$  16,776

$  31,653

$  32,284

$  28,351

$  30,300

$  31,356

$ 

2,203

$  18,660

$  19,299

$  17,313

$  16,776

$  31,653

$  32,284

$  28,351

$  30,300

$  31,356

$ 

2,203

$  18,660

$  19,299

$  17,313

6,090

21,603

7,451

10,320

(14,115)

16,626

6,558

9,753

7,525

14,296

5,166

11,948

5,922

16,247

5,225

11,515

7,231

17,569

4,923

11,874

12,292

16,329

5,258

9,901

(1,667)

36,585

5,551

13,830

9,470

6,019

1,840

7,981

12,277

5,025

1,169

7,094

7,364

4,895

1,314

5,796

$  62,240

$  50,475

$  71,219

$  67,260

$  71,897

$  75,136

$  56,502

$  43,970

$  44,864

$  36,682

(2,471)

2,639

4,787

7,473

6,582

3,256

10,741

11,049

870

1,302

—

2,327

—

852

—

13,230

—

—

166

1,237

—

—

734

771

11,493

—

(179)

3,229

—

—

329

1,119

—

—

681

3,329

—

—

247

6,704

—

1,149

(190)

10,255

—

510

192

737

—

—

55

14

3,653

—

403

—

—

431

320

504

$  62,474

$  66,112

$  81,383

$ 

 76,181

$  83,341

$  85,343

$  91,687

$  56,458

$  49,456

$  38,340

$  16,776

$  31,653

$  32,284

$  28,351

$  30,300

$  31,356

$ 

2,203

$ 

 18,660

$ 

 19,299

$  17,313

Share-based compensation expense 

1,176

658

2,794

1,207

2,958

6,366

10,025

703

3,653

219

Impairment of property, plant and  
 equipment

Accelerated depreciation on  
 equipment/property disposed as  
 part of a discontinuation/acquisition

Business acquisition, integration and  
 other (income) expenses

Non-operating items

Increase in cost of sales due to  
 purchase price allocation to  
 inventory

Mark-to-market loss (gain) on  
 embedded derivative and related  
 accretion

Mark-to-market (gain) loss on  
 interest rate swaps

Accelerated amortization of deferred  
 financing costs and other items  
 resulting from debt refinancing and 
  amendment activities

Intercompany dividend withholding tax

938

—

(1,841)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,785

7,232

—

—

—

—

—

1,614

—

520

668

216

—

—

—

3,014

4,985

4,290

2,068

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8,635

1,146

6,895

—

—

—

8,397

—

761

312

188

(105)

1,899

(90)

(426)

(80)

76

529

—

—

—

—

605

—

776

744

6,380

(402)

—

—

—

782

—

—

541

—

34

—

—

—

996

—

—

497

504

—

—

—

—

—

Adjusted Net Income

$  17,049

$  41,328

$  40,284

$  34,333

$  38,781

$  41,281

$  38,071

$  28,854

$  24,523

$  18,533

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAnnual Report 2018  105

Historical Consolidated Statement of Income (unaudited)

$ 

$ 

(in thousands of USD, except per share  
 amounts, unless otherwise noted)
Book value per common share
Gross capital expenditures from  
 continuing operations

Per share information:

Basic earnings per common share

Based on net income

Based on adjusted net income

Diluted earnings per common share

Based on net income

Based on adjusted net income

Common shares

Outstanding at year-end

Weighted average outstanding

2018
7.90

$ 

2017(1)
8.05

$ 

2016(1)
7.13

$ 

2015(1)
6.43

$ 

2014
6.41

$ 

2013(2)
6.04

$ 

2012
(2) (3)

2011
(2) (3) (4)

2010
(2) (3) (4)

2009
(2) (3) (4)

5.07

$ 

5.27

$ 

4.89

$ 

 3.76

14,607

27,775

17,686

18,587

28,075

15,419

13,447

7,675

5,134

11,107

$ 

0.50

0.51

0.50

0.51

$ 

0.98

0.93

0.97

0.93

1.04

1.30

1.04

1.29

$ 

 0.92

$ 

1.11

0.95

1.10

$ 

0.99

1.26

0.97

1.24

$ 

1.03

1.36

1.01

1.32

$ 

0.08

1.26

0.07

1.23

$ 

0.62

0.95

0.61

0.94

$ 

0.60

0.76

0.60

0.76

 0.47

0.51

0.47

0.51

33,383

33,380

30,889

30,874

30,706

30,571

30,258

30,174

30,298

36,662

Basic

Diluted

33,617

33,619

32,412

32,527

30,917

31,175

30,819

31,265

30,665

31,317

30,367

31,186

30,238

30,920

30,218

30,682

32,192

32,490

Dividends declared and paid

$  14,663

$  14,355

$  12,145

$  11,023

$  11,285

$  10,305

$ 

6,379

$ 

5,891

$ 

5,238

$ 

Dividends per common share (CAD)

0.580

0.565

0.520

0.465

0.410

0.350

0.210

0.195

0.165

36,770

36,792

4,959

0.135

(1)  For Fiscal 2017, 2016, and 2015 the operating results contain certain corrections of errors identified in previously reported amounts related to the accounting for 

donated products received from the United States Department of Agriculture for the purpose of processing the product for distribution to eligible recipient agencies.

(2)  Share and per share amounts for Fiscal 2013 and prior years have been restated to reflect the retrospective application of the May 30, 2014 2-for-1 stock split.
(3)  In Fiscal 2012, the Company changed its presentation currency from CAD to USD. Results for Fiscal 2011 and 2010 have been fully restated to USD. Historical 

information for Fiscal 2009 and prior years has been converted to USD by translating the previously reported CAD results at the average annual exchange rate for 
that year.

(4)  The Company adopted International Financial Reporting Standards effective January 2, 2011, with retrospective application to Fiscal 2010. In Fiscal 2009 and prior 

years, the Company’s results were prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements106  HIGH LINER FOODS

Historical Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position (unaudited)

(in thousands of USD,  
 unless otherwise noted)
Cash

Accounts receivable

Income taxes receivable

Other financial assets

Inventories

Prepaid expenses

Deferred income taxes

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred income taxes

Investment in equity accounted investee
Other receivables and miscellaneous  
 assets

Future employee benefits

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Assets classified as held for sale

$ 

2018
9,568

84,873

6,411

2,504

2017(1)
4,738

$ 

2016(1)

$  18,252

$ 

2015(1)
1,043

$ 

92,395

13,533

570

75,190

4,809

1,705

76,335

6,023

6,453

2014
1,044

81,772

7,381

4,139

$ 

2013
1,206

90,113

3,509

1,524

2012(2)
65

$ 

2011 
(2) (3)

2010 
(2) (3)

2009 
(2) (3)

$ 

3,205

$ 

601

$ 

1,866

73,947

5,145

533

83,590

3,498

1,323

50,724

704

895

56,901

1,231

—

301,411

353,433

252,059

263,043

261,987

252,960

222,313

256,324

132,696

114,261

4,333

—

409,100

114,371

7

—

1,013

—

155,594

157,070

—

3,462

—

468,131

120,289

2,787

—

837

—

158,044

157,881

—

3,340

—

355,355

109,626

2,290

—

864

—

98,872

118,101

—

2,051

—

354,948

115,879

2,495

—

1,683

—

102,315

117,824

—

2,481

—

358,804

114,231

3,372

—

1,678

—

107,704

119,270

515

2,361

—

351,673

101,470

4,656

—

1,906

—

105,253

111,999

542

2,991

—

304,994

89,268

7,207

96

1,847

92

110,631

112,873

4,819

2,969

—

350,909

105,808

1,667

271

1,190

92

116,594

110,816

—

1,899

—

187,519

67,634

2,416

154

819

92

31,409

40,036

—

1,934

3,675

179,868

56,878

333

—

232

7,062

18,904

27,423

—

Total assets

$  837,155

$  907,969

$  685,108

$  695,144

$  705,574

$  677,499

$  631,827

$  687,347

$  330,079

$  290,700

Bank loans – actual amounts owing

$  31,505

$  53,560

$ 

959

$  17,628

$  65,851

$ 

 97,899

$  60,530

$  119,936

$  43,261

$  22,084

Bank loans – deferred charges

(353)

(208)

(338)

(470)

(721)

(672)

(826)

(978)

(304)

(312)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Share-based compensation payable –  
 current
Contract liability(4)

Provisions

Other current financial liabilities

Income taxes payable

Current portion of long-term debt
Current portion of finance lease  
 obligations

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt – actual amounts owing
Long-term debt – deferred charges and  
 market valuations

Other long-term financial liabilities

Other long-term liabilities
Share-based compensation payable – 
 long-term

Long-term finance lease obligations

Deferred income taxes

Future employee benefits

Liabilities classified as held for sale

Shareholders' equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’  
 equity

157,162

205,820

138,766

124,132

83,595

100,945

91,436

102,623

55,821

52,431

245

4,772

1,460

78

585

13,655

201

4,055

278

1,965

—

—

372

209,481

324,271

714

266,385

337,926

1,028

—

386

1,626

851

—

721

143,999

267,926

613

—

263

817

2,242

11,816

1,015

158,056

282,934

2,259

3,313

10,005

—

437

580

20

3,000

—

240

459

2,543

—

994

156,015

294,750

979

205,706

232,720

—

1,614

550

1,165

34,237

1,039

199,750

213,888

4,233

—

1,013

780

2,024

2,500

4,559

—

553

2,347

3,248

4,450

1,046

233,177

247,500

978

114,913

44,456

(1,597)

(2,485)

(1,599)

(1,917)

(2,717)

(5,791)

(529)

(20,254)

5

—

1,493

407

28,451

10,785

—

62

—

1,641

407

23,943

11,223

—

196

—

888

702

44,602

8,190

—

89

125

358

715

46,529

9,631

—

951

2,180

620

1,212

46,722

8,867

—

5,597

175

869

1,647

43,998

7,929

—

1,130

—

1,532

2,181

45,126

13,791

1,604

6,223

—

243

2,555

47,991

11,085

—

(305)

208

—

—

3,062

9,949

9,682

—

—

—

—

—

28

4,378

826

79,435

48,996

(412)

1,198

—

—

2,580

4,479

4,338

—

263,859

268,867

220,204

198,624

196,974

184,649

153,354

158,827

148,114

150,086

$  837,155

$  907,969

$  685,108

$  695,144

$  705,574

$  677,499

$  631,827

$  687,347

$  330,079

$  290,700

(1)  For Fiscal 2017, 2016, and 2015 the operating results contain certain corrections of errors identified in previously reported amounts related to the accounting for 

donated products received from the United States Department of Agriculture for the purpose of processing the product for distribution to eligible recipient agencies.

(2)  In Fiscal 2012, the Company changed its presentation currency from CAD to USD. Results for Fiscal 2011 and 2010 have been fully restated to USD. Historical 

information for Fiscal 2009 and prior years has been converted to USD by translating the previously reported CAD results at the average annual exchange rate for 
that year.

(3)  The Company adopted International Financial Reporting Standards effective January 2, 2011, with retrospective application to Fiscal 2010. In Fiscal 2009 and prior 

years, the Company’s results were prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

(4)  The Company has changed the presentation of this obligation on the consolidated statements of financial position and has reclassified the related balance as at 
December 30, 2017 from accounts payable and accrued liabilities to contract liability to reflect the terminology and the presentation requirements of IFRS 15, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers, adopted on December 31, 2017.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsCorporate Information

HONORARY DIRECTOR
Donald Sobey

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Alan Bell2,3,4
Joan Chow2
Henry Demone (Chair)3
Rob Dexter, Q.C.2
David Hennigar (Vice Chair & Lead Director)3,4
Jill Hennigar1
Rod Hepponstall3
Shelly Jamieson2,3,4
Jolene Mahody1
Andy Miller1
Robert Pace1,3,4
Frank vanSchaayk2

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP
Rod Hepponstall 
President & Chief Executive Officer

Paul Jewer, FCPA 
Executive Vice President & CFO 

Chris Mulder 
Senior Vice President, North American Sales

Craig Murray 
Senior Vice President, Marketing & Innovation

Tim Rorabeck 
Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs  
& General Counsel

Mike Kocsis 
Vice President, Strategic Initiatives 

John Kramer 
Director, Sales & Operations Planning

Bill Mandly 
Director, Project Management

Dale Martin 
Vice President, Seafood Procurement

Karl McHugh 
General Manger, Portsmouth 

Charlene Milner 
Vice President, Finance

Fred Pace 
Director, Supply Chain Inventory Management

JR Pierce 
Director, Commodity Seafood Sales

Mike Sirois 
Vice President, Product Development &  
Technical Services

Chad Stewart 
Vice President, Plant Operations

Ed Snook 
General Manger, Lunenburg 

David Thomas 
Director, Field Sales Foodservice Canada

Brian Thon  
Director, Sales Operations

Paul Snow 
Executive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer

Tom Walker 
Vice President, Information Technology

OTHER SENIOR LEADERSHIP
Tania Albanese 
Senior Director, National Accounts

Keith Blanks 
General Manager, Rubicon Resources

Mark Burton 
Treasurer

Bill DiMento  
Vice President, Sustainability & Government Affairs

Chad Groves 
Vice President, Foodservice Sales

Tyler Held  
Director, Internal Audit

Meggan Hodgson 
Vice President, Quality Assurance & Food Safety

Catherine Hu 
Vice President, Marketing

Naomi Jewers 
Assistant Corporate Secretary

PLANTS & WAREHOUSE FACILITIES
Massachusetts: Peabody
New Hampshire: Portsmouth
Virginia: Newport News
Nova Scotia: Lunenburg

OPERATING SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
High Liner Foods (USA), Incorporated
ISF (USA), LLC
Rubicon Resources, LLC
High Liner Foods (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Sjopvik, h.f.

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP, Chartered Accountants

TRANSFER AGENT
For help with:
• Changes of address
• Transfer of shares
• Loss of share certificates
•  Consolidation of multiple mailings to 

Heather Keeler-Hurshman 
Vice President, Investor Relations & Communications

one shareholder
• Estate settlements

Pam Kellogg 
Vice President, Retail Sales 

Annual Report 2018 

11

Contact:
AST Trust Company (Canada)
AnswerLineTM:
1-800-387-0825 (toll-free in North America)
or (416) 682-3860
Fax: 1-888-249-6189
E-mail inquiries: inquiries@astfinancial.com
www.astfinancial.com/ca

Mailing Address:
P.O. Box 2082, Station C
Halifax, NS B3J 3B7

BANKS
The Royal Bank of Canada
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Bank of Montreal
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
Rabobank

INVESTOR RELATIONS
For:
• Additional financial information
• Industry and Company developments
• Additional copies of this report

Contact:
Heather Keeler-Hurshman
Vice President, Investor Relations & Communication
Tel.: (902) 421-7100
Fax: (902) 634-6228
E-mail: investor@highlinerfoods.com
Investor relations website: 
www.highlinerfoods.com

Mailing Address:
100 Battery Point
P.O. Box 910
Lunenburg, NS B0J 2C0

Common Shares listed on The Toronto  
Stock Exchange  
Trading Symbol – HLF

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF 
SHAREHOLDERS
Tuesday, May 14, 2019
11:30 a.m.
High Liner Foods Incorporated, 
Lunenburg, Nova Scotia

1   Audit Committee (Robert Pace, Chair)
2  Human Resources & Governance Committee  

(Shelly Jamieson, Chair)

3   Executive Committee (Henry Demone, Chair)
4   Nominating Committee (Alan Bell, Chair)

.

m
o
c
n
g
i
s
e
d
s
k
r
o
w

I

I

S
N
O
T
A
C
N
U
M
M
O
C
N
G
I
S
E
D
S
K
R
O
W
E
H
T

:

n
g
i
s
e
D
d
n
a
t
p
e
c
n
o
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our oceans have many species.  
Our employees have many stories.  
But our company has one goal: to grow 
North America’s appetite for seafood 
like never before. 

This is our integrated focus.  
This is our platform for growth.